2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1765 2006/03/08 02:15:03 ca Exp $
5 This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6 of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7 summary of the changes in that release.
9 8.13.6/8.13.6 2006/03/22
10 SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
11 and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
12 layer and fix problems in that code. Also fix handling of
13 a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
14 attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
15 setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
16 Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
17 Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
18 the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
19 (signed) integer value. This is prevented in the default
20 configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
21 most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
22 those values. Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
23 If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
24 another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
25 not trigger an internal consistency check. Problem found
26 by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
27 If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
28 to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
29 STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
30 2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
31 of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
32 temporary error in 8.13.5). Problem reported by Jeff
33 A. Earickson of Colby College.
34 Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command. Patch from John
36 Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
37 for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
38 processed. Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
39 Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
40 resume a stored TLS session.
41 Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
42 a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
43 Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
44 LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
45 (libmilter.h). Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
47 LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
48 This generates an error message from libmilter on
49 Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
51 LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
52 -1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
53 directly. Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
56 Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
57 in NetBSD. Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
60 8.13.5/8.13.5 2005/09/16
61 Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
62 exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
63 directory. This structure is used decide whether there
64 is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
65 without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
66 subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
67 than the base directory.
68 Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
69 checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
70 an envelope across queue groups. Problem found by
72 If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
73 number of items to process, sort the queue first and
74 then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
75 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
76 Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN. Problem noted by
77 Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
79 FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
80 From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
81 When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
82 it as a temporary error, not as protocol error. Problem
83 noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
84 Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
85 prototype used static too. Patch from Peter Klein.
86 Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
87 LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
88 zero then do not silently ignore that call. Patch from
89 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
90 LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
91 the SMTP session with that error. Fix from Brian Kantor.
92 Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
93 has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
94 of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
96 Add support for AIX 5.3.
97 Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
98 Add support for Darwin 8.x. Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
99 OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
100 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
101 Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
102 GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
103 Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
104 Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
105 was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
106 broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
107 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
108 Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
109 the defaults in the sendmail binary. Problem noted
112 cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
114 devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
115 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
118 8.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27
119 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
120 different error which could result in connections that
121 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
122 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims.
123 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead
124 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
125 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
126 tracked down by Gael Roualland.
127 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem
128 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
129 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
130 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
131 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
132 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
133 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
134 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
135 and bounce generation.
136 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
137 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
138 for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
139 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
140 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
141 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from
142 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
143 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by
144 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
145 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
146 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
147 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
148 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
149 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch
151 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
152 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based
153 on patch by Brian Kantor.
154 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
155 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might
156 be dropped after an AUTH failure.
158 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
159 "long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
160 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set
161 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
162 Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
163 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should
164 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
165 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
166 University of Bremen.
172 8.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11
173 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
175 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
176 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
177 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
178 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
179 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
180 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
181 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
182 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
183 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
184 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
186 8.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15
187 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
188 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would
189 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by
190 Simple Nomad of BindView.
191 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
192 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
193 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
194 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
195 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
196 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad
197 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by
198 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
199 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
200 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
201 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
202 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
203 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
204 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
205 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
206 Add more logging to milter change header functions to
207 complement existing logging. Based on patch from
208 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
209 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
210 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
211 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
212 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones;
213 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
214 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
215 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
216 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
217 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
218 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
219 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
220 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
221 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
222 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem
223 noted by Nelson Fung.
224 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
225 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park.
226 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted
229 Add support for DragonFly BSD.
231 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
232 devtools/OS/DragonFly
233 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
237 8.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30
238 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
239 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
240 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
241 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
242 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
243 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
244 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
245 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
246 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted
248 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
249 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
250 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
251 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith.
252 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
253 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
254 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
255 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
256 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
257 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
258 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
259 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given
260 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
261 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
262 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
264 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
265 is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
267 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem
268 noted by Geoff Adams.
269 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown.
270 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
271 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown.
272 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
273 incompatibilities with various *roff related
274 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
278 8.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20
279 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
280 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section
281 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
282 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
284 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
285 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
286 of RUS University of Stuttgart.
287 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
288 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
289 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
290 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows
291 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
292 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP
293 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
294 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
295 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
296 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
297 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
298 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
299 of cf/README for more information.
300 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
301 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on
303 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
304 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
305 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over
306 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
308 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
309 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
310 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
311 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
312 done for too many bad SMTP commands.
313 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
314 maintains the number of incoming connections per client
315 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
316 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used
317 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
318 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
319 determines the length of the interval for which the
320 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from
321 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
322 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
323 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
324 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
325 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
326 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
327 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554
328 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
329 during that connection.
330 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
331 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on
332 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
333 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
334 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
335 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
336 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
337 misinterpret it as a permanent error.
338 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
339 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase
340 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
341 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
342 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
343 header, whether provided by the client or generated by
345 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
346 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
347 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
349 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done
350 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
351 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
352 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
353 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
354 for a discussion of the implications of this, including
355 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
356 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
357 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
358 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters
359 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
360 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If
361 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
362 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted
364 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined
365 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
366 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue
367 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
368 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
369 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL
370 operates on lost queue items.
371 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
372 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
373 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
374 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
375 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
377 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
378 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information.
379 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
380 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
382 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
383 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
384 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will
385 be used for the quarantine reason.
386 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
387 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
388 message if it is quarantined.
389 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
390 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
391 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
392 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
393 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
394 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
395 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same
396 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
397 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
398 recipients received so far in a transaction.
399 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
400 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem
401 noted by Kai Schlichting.
402 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
403 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is
404 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
405 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe
406 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
407 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
408 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of
410 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
411 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of
413 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
414 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
415 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
416 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo
417 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
418 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
419 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills
420 of the University of Manitoba.
421 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
422 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
423 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
425 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a
426 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
427 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
428 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
429 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
430 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
431 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
432 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
433 overwrite each other's pid files.
434 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
435 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe
436 Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
437 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
438 LogLevel 12 or higher.
439 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
440 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
441 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
442 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
443 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
444 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
445 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
446 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck
448 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
449 CheckpointInterval on the command line.
450 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
451 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
452 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
453 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
454 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn
455 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
456 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
457 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
458 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called
459 out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
460 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
461 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for
463 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
464 the indicated log file instead of stdout.
465 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
466 queue return and warning times for delivery status
468 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
470 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
471 to enable/disable certain features in the server per
472 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
473 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
474 for DaemonPortOptions.
475 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
476 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert
477 of Northern Illinois University.
478 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
479 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This
480 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
481 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
482 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
483 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
484 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
485 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from
486 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
487 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
488 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth
489 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
490 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
491 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
492 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
493 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
494 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
495 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
496 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
497 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
499 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13
500 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
501 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
502 the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
503 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from
505 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
506 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows
507 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
508 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
509 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
510 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
511 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
512 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
513 sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
515 Two new compile options have been added:
516 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3).
517 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3).
518 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
519 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
520 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
521 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related
522 programs to match locking techniques.
523 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
524 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
525 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
526 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
527 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
528 Center for Scientific Computing.
529 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
530 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
531 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
532 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
533 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
534 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback
535 from Mark Funkenhauser.
536 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
537 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR
538 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
539 cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
540 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
541 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
542 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
543 of Northern Illinois University.
544 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
545 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
546 the message using the given reason.
547 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
548 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
549 DNS records than just A.
550 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
551 length of the interval for which the number of incoming
552 connections is maintained.
553 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
554 rate control for individual hosts or nets.
555 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
556 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
557 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
558 slamming protection described above. The feature can
559 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
560 use the access database to look the pause time based on
561 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
562 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
563 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for
564 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
565 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
566 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry
567 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
568 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
569 interval when refusing connections for this long.
570 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
571 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by
572 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
573 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
574 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from
575 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
576 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
577 to follow the naming conventions.
578 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
580 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
582 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
583 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
584 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
585 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
587 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
588 to control queue return and warning times for delivery
589 status notifications.
590 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
591 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
592 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
593 Patch from Richard Rognlie.
594 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
595 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
597 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
598 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
599 use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
600 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
601 certificate revocations lists.
602 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
603 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
604 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
605 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information.
606 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
607 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
608 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README
609 for more information.
610 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
611 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
612 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
613 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on
614 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
615 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
616 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
617 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
618 of LifeLine Networks.
619 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From
621 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
622 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
623 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
624 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
625 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
626 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
627 Filters which use this function must include the
628 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
629 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
630 will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
631 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
632 named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
633 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
634 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
635 resetting the timeout.
636 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
637 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
638 failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
639 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
640 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
641 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
642 them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
643 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
644 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
645 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
646 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
647 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
648 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches
650 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
651 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
652 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
653 amendments to support header insertion operations.
654 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
655 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
656 Informations Services.
657 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
658 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
660 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
661 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
663 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
664 for the auto-response message.
667 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
668 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
669 cf/feature/mtamark.m4
670 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
671 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
673 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
674 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
675 contrib/socketmapClient.pl
676 contrib/socketmapServer.pl
677 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
678 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
679 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
680 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
681 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
682 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
683 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
684 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
685 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
686 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
687 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
688 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
689 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
693 contrib/oldbind.compat.c
694 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
695 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
698 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
700 8.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18
701 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a
702 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed
703 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
704 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
705 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
706 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
708 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
709 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
710 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
711 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
712 whose process id is the same as that of the initial
713 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
714 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
715 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
716 recipient address also against the printable addresses
717 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
718 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
719 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
720 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
721 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland.
722 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
723 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
724 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
725 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some
726 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
727 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
728 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper
729 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
730 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
731 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
732 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
733 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
734 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
735 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
736 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
737 then a possible race condition for creating qf files
738 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not
739 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
740 external application that accesses qf files.
741 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
742 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
743 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
744 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang
746 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
747 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only
748 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
749 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
752 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
753 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
755 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
756 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
757 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
758 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
760 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
762 8.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
763 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem
764 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
765 of Courtesan Consulting.
766 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem
767 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
768 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
769 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
770 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
771 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
772 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
773 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
774 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
775 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
776 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
777 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
778 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
779 transactions for broken clients which do not properly
780 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
781 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
782 Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
783 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
784 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
785 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by
786 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
787 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
788 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from
789 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
790 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
791 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
792 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
793 to make sure they match.
794 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
796 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
797 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by
799 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
800 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by
802 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch
803 from Jerome Borsboom.
804 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
805 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from
806 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
807 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
808 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
809 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
810 after the close() and before the truncate().
811 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
812 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
813 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
815 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
816 of Washington for providing access to a computer
818 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from
819 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
820 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
821 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker
823 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on
824 your Linux distribution, compile with
825 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
829 8.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29
830 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
831 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
832 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
833 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
834 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
836 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
837 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
838 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
839 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
840 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
841 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
842 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
843 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
844 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
845 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
846 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
847 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted
848 by Derek Wueppelmann.
849 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
850 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
852 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
853 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by
854 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
855 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
856 Patch from Andrzej Filip.
857 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
858 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
859 text file instead of the database map.
861 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
862 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
863 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
864 in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
866 8.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11
867 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
868 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
869 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
871 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
872 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
873 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
874 Stanford University Compilation Group.
875 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
876 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos.
877 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
878 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
879 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
880 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
881 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
882 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
883 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
884 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
886 8.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29
887 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
888 across various connections. This could cause session
889 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
890 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
891 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
892 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP
893 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found
894 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
895 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
896 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by
898 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
899 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
901 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem
902 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
903 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
904 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
905 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some
906 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
907 Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
908 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by
909 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
910 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
912 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
913 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
914 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
915 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
916 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
917 to be run even if Runners=0.
918 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
919 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
920 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
921 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
922 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
923 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by
924 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
925 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
926 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
927 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted
928 by John Majikes of IBM.
929 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
930 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
931 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
932 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil
933 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
934 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
935 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
936 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
937 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem
938 noted by Matthias Andree.
939 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
940 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland.
942 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
943 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
944 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
945 an argument, hence the builtin version of
946 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden
947 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by
948 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
949 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
950 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
951 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
952 of the TrustedBSD Project.
953 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
954 system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
955 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
956 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
958 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
959 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
960 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
961 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
962 DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
963 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
964 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
965 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
966 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
967 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
968 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
970 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
971 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
972 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
973 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
974 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
975 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
977 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
979 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
980 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
981 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
982 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
983 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
984 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
985 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
986 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
987 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
989 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
990 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
991 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
992 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
998 8.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26
999 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
1000 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
1001 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
1002 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
1003 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
1004 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
1005 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1006 Courtesan Consulting.
1007 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
1008 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem
1009 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1010 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
1011 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1012 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1013 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
1014 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
1015 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff
1016 Earickson of Colby College.
1017 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
1018 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of
1019 Courtesan Consulting.
1020 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
1021 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
1022 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
1023 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz
1024 Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
1025 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
1027 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
1028 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
1029 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
1030 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
1031 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This
1032 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
1033 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil
1034 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1035 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
1036 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
1037 supposed for addresses on the header content.
1038 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
1040 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
1041 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on
1042 fix from Scott Walters.
1043 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1044 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
1045 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1046 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
1047 NETISO support has been dropped.
1048 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
1049 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
1050 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
1051 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to
1052 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
1053 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
1054 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this
1055 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
1056 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
1057 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
1058 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original
1059 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
1060 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
1061 Stefaan Van Hoornick.
1062 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
1063 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
1064 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1066 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
1067 Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1068 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
1069 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1070 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
1071 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1072 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based
1073 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1074 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1078 8.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25
1079 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
1080 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
1081 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the
1082 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
1083 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by
1084 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
1085 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
1086 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
1087 with rogue DNS servers.
1088 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted
1090 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
1091 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan
1093 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1094 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1095 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1096 Polytechnic Institute.
1097 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
1098 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
1100 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
1101 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
1102 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin
1103 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
1104 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless
1105 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
1106 8.13 will change the default locking method to
1107 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may
1108 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1109 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail
1110 related programs to match locking techniques.
1112 8.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03
1113 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1114 can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1115 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
1116 section of the top level README for more information.
1117 Problem noted by lumpy.
1118 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
1120 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
1121 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1122 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1123 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1124 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1126 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted
1127 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1128 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1129 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
1130 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas
1132 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
1133 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches
1134 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1135 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
1136 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
1137 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on
1138 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
1139 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
1140 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke.
1141 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested
1142 by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
1143 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1145 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
1146 user who started sendmail.
1147 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
1148 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested
1149 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
1150 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
1151 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
1152 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
1153 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
1154 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
1156 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
1157 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
1158 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
1159 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
1160 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
1161 Charles University in Prague.
1162 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1164 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1165 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1166 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1167 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1168 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1169 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1170 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1171 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1172 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to
1173 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1174 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem
1175 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1176 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1177 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem
1178 noted by Bryan Costales.
1179 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1180 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1181 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested
1182 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1183 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by
1184 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1185 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1187 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1188 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1189 installing the sendmail statistics file.
1190 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1191 a user's filter starts other applications.
1192 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1193 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1194 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1195 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1196 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1197 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1198 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1199 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1200 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem
1201 noted by Bryan Costales.
1203 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1205 8.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05
1206 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1207 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail
1208 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1209 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1210 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken
1211 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1212 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1213 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence
1214 queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1215 are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1216 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1218 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1219 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1220 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1221 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1223 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1224 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1225 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1226 Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1227 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1228 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1230 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem
1231 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1232 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1233 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1234 Northern Illinois University.
1235 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1236 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1238 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1239 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1240 Polytechnic Institute.
1241 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1242 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1243 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1244 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1245 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1246 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1247 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1248 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1249 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on
1250 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1251 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1253 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1254 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1255 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1256 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1257 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1258 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1259 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas
1260 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1261 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1262 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon
1263 Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1264 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1265 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1266 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1267 of Concordia University.
1268 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem
1269 found by Mario Nigrovic.
1270 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1271 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the
1272 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1273 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1274 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1275 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark
1277 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1278 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1279 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1280 total number of TCP connections.
1281 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1282 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1283 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1284 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1285 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1286 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1287 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1289 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1291 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1292 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on
1293 patch by Bryan Costales.
1294 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1295 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1296 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1297 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1298 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1299 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1300 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher
1301 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1302 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1303 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1304 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1305 which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1308 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1310 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform
1311 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1312 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1314 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem
1316 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1317 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From
1318 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1319 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1320 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in
1321 8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1322 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1323 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1325 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1326 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by
1328 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1329 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1330 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1331 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1332 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1333 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
1334 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
1335 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
1336 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by
1337 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
1338 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
1339 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise
1340 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
1341 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
1342 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
1343 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
1344 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
1345 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1346 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
1347 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem
1349 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
1350 if queue groups are used.
1351 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
1352 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
1353 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
1354 Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1355 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
1356 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
1357 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice:
1358 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
1359 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
1360 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
1361 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
1362 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
1363 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the
1364 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
1365 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
1366 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
1367 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1368 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set
1369 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
1371 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1372 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1373 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem
1374 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
1375 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based
1376 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
1378 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
1379 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by
1382 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
1384 8.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13
1385 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
1386 at startup, only log an error message.
1387 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
1388 following -b) has been specified.
1389 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
1390 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted
1391 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1392 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
1393 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
1395 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
1396 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
1397 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
1398 Institute of Mining and Technology.
1399 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
1400 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1401 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1402 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
1403 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
1404 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1405 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
1406 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
1407 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1408 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
1409 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal
1411 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by
1412 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
1414 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
1415 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
1416 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1417 Meteorological Institute.
1418 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
1419 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
1421 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
1422 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
1423 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
1424 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
1425 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
1426 types, respectively.
1427 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
1428 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
1430 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
1431 alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
1432 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1433 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
1434 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1435 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
1436 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
1437 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
1438 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
1440 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell
1441 of Sun Microsystems.
1442 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
1443 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
1444 with servers that do not support realms when using
1445 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
1446 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
1447 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem
1448 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1449 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
1450 command line invocations log them to make it simpler
1451 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
1452 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
1453 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
1454 instead of forcing localhost.
1455 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
1456 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
1457 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem
1458 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1459 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
1460 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
1461 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
1462 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1463 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1464 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
1465 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
1466 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of
1467 Compaq Computer Corp.
1468 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
1469 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
1472 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on
1473 patch provided by HP.
1474 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
1475 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke.
1476 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu
1478 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
1479 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This
1480 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
1481 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem
1482 noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
1483 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted
1484 by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
1485 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port
1486 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1487 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
1488 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README
1489 for more information. From Mark Bixby of
1491 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
1492 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
1493 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1494 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of
1496 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota
1497 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
1498 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
1499 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1500 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
1501 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of
1502 FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
1503 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
1504 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1505 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
1506 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
1508 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by
1510 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
1511 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of
1513 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
1514 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
1516 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
1517 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1519 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman.
1520 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
1521 to free memory twice.
1522 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
1523 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
1524 of Sun Microsystems.
1525 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
1526 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
1527 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
1528 University of Athens.
1530 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
1531 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
1532 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
1536 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
1539 8.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01
1540 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
1541 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
1542 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for
1543 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem
1544 found by Michal Zalewski.
1545 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
1546 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
1547 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
1548 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
1549 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
1550 Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1551 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
1552 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
1553 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
1554 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
1555 values for configuration file and pid file but also the
1556 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
1557 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
1558 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
1559 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously
1560 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem
1561 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
1562 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
1563 canonical name for a host.
1564 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
1565 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission
1566 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on
1567 suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
1569 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
1570 `uname` does not given complete information.
1571 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
1573 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
1574 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
1575 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
1576 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1577 Courtesan Consulting.
1578 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
1579 problems with potential misconfigurations.
1580 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem
1581 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
1582 Technology Organisation of Australia.
1583 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
1584 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
1586 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by
1587 Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
1588 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted
1589 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1590 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
1592 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
1593 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
1594 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
1604 include/sm/sysstat.h
1606 8.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08
1607 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
1608 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and
1609 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
1610 default). The installation process tries to install
1611 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
1612 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
1613 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
1614 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely
1615 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
1617 GroupWritableForwardFile
1618 WorldWritableForwardFile
1619 GroupWritableIncludeFile
1620 WorldWritableIncludeFile
1621 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
1622 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested
1623 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
1625 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
1626 point where the variable could become overused for more than
1627 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in
1628 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now
1629 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
1630 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
1631 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
1632 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a
1633 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
1634 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details
1635 see sendmail/SECURITY.
1636 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
1637 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1638 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
1639 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See
1641 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
1642 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
1643 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY.
1644 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
1645 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
1646 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection
1647 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
1648 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY.
1649 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX
1650 command has been removed.
1651 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off
1652 at compile time or per host (ruleset).
1653 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
1654 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
1655 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database
1656 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
1657 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
1658 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with
1659 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
1661 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
1662 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders
1663 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
1664 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
1665 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The
1666 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
1667 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
1668 creation rather than just before delivery.
1669 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous
1670 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
1671 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching
1672 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
1673 preference matches (coattail).
1674 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
1675 try other MX hosts if available.
1676 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
1677 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
1678 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
1679 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based
1680 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
1681 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
1682 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
1683 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
1684 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
1685 removed in future versions.
1686 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
1687 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
1688 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
1689 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See
1690 doc/op/op.me for details.
1691 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
1692 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
1693 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
1694 of the presented certificate, respectively.
1695 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
1696 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
1697 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
1698 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
1699 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
1700 enough on a per recipient basis.
1701 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
1703 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
1705 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
1706 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
1707 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
1708 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1709 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
1710 really required. This change results in a noticable
1711 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared
1712 memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
1713 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
1714 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details.
1715 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
1716 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
1717 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
1718 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the
1719 command line, then the value also limits the number of
1720 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
1721 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
1723 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
1724 system each queue directory resides in.
1725 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
1726 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
1727 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work
1728 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
1729 collected together) to process the same work list at the
1731 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
1732 active queue runner processes.
1733 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
1734 runners per queue group.
1735 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
1736 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
1737 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
1738 of the queue that match during processing.
1739 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
1740 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
1741 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
1742 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
1743 persistent queue runner.
1744 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
1745 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
1747 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners.
1748 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1749 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
1750 unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
1751 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
1752 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
1753 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
1754 of the qf file (older entries first).
1755 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
1756 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
1757 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the
1758 minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
1759 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
1760 not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
1761 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed
1762 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
1763 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
1764 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
1765 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
1766 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old
1767 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
1768 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1769 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
1770 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
1771 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system
1772 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for
1774 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
1775 the number of entries in the queue(s).
1776 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README
1777 and the usual documentation for details.
1778 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
1779 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
1781 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead.
1782 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
1783 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by
1784 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1785 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
1786 -r (number of retries).
1787 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
1788 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
1789 and value separated by the given separator.
1790 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
1792 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
1793 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
1794 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
1795 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
1796 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
1797 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is
1798 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
1799 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
1800 filenames with spaces).
1801 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
1802 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
1803 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
1804 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection.
1805 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection.
1806 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
1807 to the loopback net.
1808 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
1809 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from
1810 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1811 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
1812 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
1813 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
1814 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
1815 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
1816 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
1817 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
1819 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
1820 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not
1821 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0
1822 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
1823 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
1824 load average is exceeded.
1825 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
1826 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
1827 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
1828 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
1829 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1830 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
1831 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
1832 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC]
1834 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
1835 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead.
1836 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
1837 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the
1838 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1839 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
1840 for direct (command line) submissions.
1841 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
1842 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
1843 Hagino of the KAME Project.
1844 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
1845 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
1846 Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
1847 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
1848 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
1849 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
1850 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
1851 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
1853 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
1854 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
1855 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
1856 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
1857 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
1858 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
1859 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
1860 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl
1861 of the Universitat Regensburg.
1862 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
1863 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
1864 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
1865 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
1866 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil.
1867 See libsm/index.html for details.
1868 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
1869 care of by fork() and exit().
1870 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for
1871 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
1872 new and old (from new libsm).
1873 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
1874 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
1875 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
1876 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
1877 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
1878 synchronizations calls.
1879 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
1880 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
1881 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
1882 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
1883 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
1884 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
1886 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
1887 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs
1888 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
1889 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1890 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
1891 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
1892 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1893 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
1894 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent
1895 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
1896 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
1897 then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
1898 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
1899 degli Studi dell'Insubria.
1900 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
1901 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
1902 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
1903 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
1904 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When
1905 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
1906 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
1907 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
1908 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
1909 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
1911 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem
1912 noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
1913 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
1914 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
1916 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
1917 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
1918 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
1920 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If
1921 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
1922 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
1923 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This
1924 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me
1925 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be
1926 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
1927 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
1928 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
1930 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
1931 the default schema used in the above two items.
1932 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
1933 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1934 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
1935 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
1936 if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1937 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
1938 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
1939 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
1940 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the
1941 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
1942 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
1943 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
1945 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
1946 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
1947 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect
1948 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of
1949 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
1950 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori
1951 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1952 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
1953 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
1954 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
1955 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v
1956 (verbose) command line option.
1957 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
1958 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
1959 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
1960 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1961 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
1962 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of
1963 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1964 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group
1965 can be specified using the '#' option character. For
1966 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
1967 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
1968 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
1969 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
1971 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
1972 because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
1973 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
1974 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
1975 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
1977 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map
1979 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
1980 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example,
1981 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
1982 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
1983 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
1984 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run.
1985 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
1986 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick
1988 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
1989 many "light weight" commands have been received are now
1990 configurable during compile time. The current values and
1992 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands
1993 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
1994 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
1995 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
1996 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
1997 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan
1998 Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1999 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
2000 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
2001 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
2002 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2003 Meteorological Institute.
2004 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
2005 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
2006 which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
2007 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
2008 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
2009 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2010 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
2011 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
2012 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be
2013 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
2014 See sendmail/README for further information.
2015 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
2016 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by
2017 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
2018 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
2019 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2020 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2021 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix
2022 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
2023 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
2024 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
2027 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
2028 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by
2029 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2030 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
2031 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
2032 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
2033 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch
2034 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
2035 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2036 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
2037 Solaris 8 and later.
2038 Add support for OpenUNIX.
2039 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
2040 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
2041 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
2042 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
2043 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
2044 temporary lookup failures.
2045 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
2046 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
2048 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
2049 relay address as long as the other part allows the email
2051 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
2052 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
2053 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by
2054 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
2055 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
2056 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
2057 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
2058 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
2059 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
2060 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
2061 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
2062 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2063 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
2064 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
2065 terminates check_* ruleset checking.
2066 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
2067 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
2068 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
2069 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
2070 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
2071 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
2072 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
2073 specification of whole domains instead of just users.
2074 Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
2075 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2076 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
2077 cf/README for details.
2078 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
2079 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
2080 University of Maryland.
2081 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
2082 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
2083 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
2084 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
2085 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
2086 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
2087 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
2088 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
2090 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
2091 options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
2092 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
2093 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
2094 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
2096 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
2097 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
2098 See cf/README for details.
2099 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
2100 temporary lookup failures.
2101 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
2102 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
2103 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
2105 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
2106 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
2107 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
2108 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias
2109 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2110 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2111 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2112 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2113 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2114 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2115 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
2116 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
2117 +detail portion of the address when passing address to
2118 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail
2119 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this.
2120 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
2121 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
2122 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
2123 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
2124 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for
2126 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
2127 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
2128 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more
2130 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
2131 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based
2132 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
2133 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
2134 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject
2135 recipients as user unknown.
2136 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
2137 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
2138 section of cf/README for more information.
2139 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
2140 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
2141 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
2142 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
2143 which takes the options as argument and can be used
2144 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2145 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
2146 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle
2147 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers
2148 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase
2149 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren
2150 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue
2151 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun
2152 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode
2153 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit
2154 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions
2155 See above (and related documentation) for further information.
2156 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
2157 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect
2158 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth
2159 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo
2160 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls
2161 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
2162 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters
2163 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel
2164 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect
2165 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo
2166 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom
2167 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt
2168 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2169 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2170 doc/op/op.me for details.
2171 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2172 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori
2173 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2174 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2176 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2177 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2178 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2179 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2180 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For
2181 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2182 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2183 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2184 This affects the access database as well as the
2185 relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2186 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2187 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2188 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2189 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2190 Mississippi State University.
2191 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2192 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2193 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2194 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2195 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2196 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2197 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2198 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2199 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2200 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2201 systems which don't include cat directories.
2202 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2203 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2204 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the
2205 mailbox database type.
2206 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2207 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2208 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on
2209 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2210 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2211 doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2212 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2213 instead of white space.
2214 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2215 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2216 Meteorological Institute.
2217 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2218 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2219 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2220 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2222 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2223 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used
2224 to specify the database and message file since there is no
2225 home directory for the default settings for these options.
2226 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2227 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2228 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which
2229 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2236 cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2237 cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2238 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2240 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2241 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2242 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2243 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2244 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2246 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2247 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2248 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2259 sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2260 sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2266 include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2267 include/sendmail/errstring.h
2268 include/sendmail/useful.h
2269 libsmutil/errstring.c
2270 sendmail/bf_portable.c
2271 sendmail/bf_portable.h
2276 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2277 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2278 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2280 8.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29
2281 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2282 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2283 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2285 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2286 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2287 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2288 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2289 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2291 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2292 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2293 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
2294 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2295 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2296 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2297 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2298 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2299 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2300 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2301 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2302 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2303 across various connections. This could cause session
2304 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2305 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
2306 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2307 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2308 canonical name for a host.
2309 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2310 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2312 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2313 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2314 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2315 Polytechnic Institute.
2316 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2317 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2319 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2320 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2322 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2323 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2325 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2326 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2327 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2329 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2330 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2331 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2332 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
2333 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2334 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2335 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2337 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2338 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
2341 8.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20
2342 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
2343 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by
2344 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
2345 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could
2346 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
2347 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
2348 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem
2349 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
2350 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
2351 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by
2353 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem
2354 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
2356 8.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
2357 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
2358 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
2359 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
2360 of SE Netway Communications.
2361 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
2362 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2363 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
2364 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
2365 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
2366 Bosserman of EarthLink.
2367 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
2368 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
2369 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
2370 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
2371 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
2373 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
2374 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
2375 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
2376 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
2377 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
2378 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
2379 University at Albany.
2380 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
2381 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2382 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
2383 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
2384 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
2385 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
2387 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
2388 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2389 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
2390 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2391 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
2392 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
2393 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
2394 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
2395 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
2396 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
2398 8.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
2399 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
2400 corruption and other potential race conditions.
2401 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
2402 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
2403 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
2404 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
2405 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
2406 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
2407 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
2408 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
2409 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
2410 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
2411 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
2413 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
2414 QueueDirectory wildcards.
2415 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
2416 the same map again while exiting.
2417 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
2418 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
2420 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
2421 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
2422 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
2423 Oklahoma State University.
2424 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
2425 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
2426 InTouch Systems, Inc.
2427 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
2428 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
2429 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
2431 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
2432 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
2433 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2434 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
2435 from Werner Wiethege.
2436 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
2437 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
2438 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
2439 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
2440 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
2442 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
2443 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2444 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
2445 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2447 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
2448 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
2449 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
2450 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
2451 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
2452 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2453 Meteorological Institute.
2454 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
2455 since it generates random process ids.
2456 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
2457 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
2458 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2460 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
2462 8.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
2463 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
2464 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
2465 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2466 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2467 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
2468 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
2469 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
2470 communications consulting gmbh.
2471 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
2472 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2473 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
2474 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
2475 connection came in from the command line.
2476 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
2477 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
2478 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2479 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
2480 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
2481 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
2482 when they were committed.
2483 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
2484 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
2485 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
2486 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
2487 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
2488 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
2489 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
2490 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2492 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
2493 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
2495 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
2496 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
2497 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
2498 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
2500 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
2501 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
2502 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2504 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
2505 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
2506 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
2507 University of New Brunswick.
2509 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
2510 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
2511 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
2512 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
2513 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2514 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
2515 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
2516 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2517 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
2518 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
2519 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
2520 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
2521 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
2522 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
2523 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2524 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
2525 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
2526 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
2527 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2529 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
2530 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
2531 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2532 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
2533 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
2535 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
2537 8.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
2538 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
2539 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
2540 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
2541 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
2542 Schools" project (IdS).
2543 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
2544 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
2545 be enabled by compiling with:
2546 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
2547 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
2548 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2549 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
2550 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
2551 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
2552 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
2553 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
2555 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
2556 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
2557 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
2558 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
2559 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
2560 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
2561 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
2562 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
2564 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
2566 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
2567 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
2568 the Universitat Regensburg.
2569 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
2570 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
2571 University of Arizona.
2572 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
2573 of Collective Technologies.
2574 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
2575 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
2576 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
2578 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
2579 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2580 Meteorological Institute.
2581 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
2582 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2583 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2584 Meteorological Institute.
2585 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
2586 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
2587 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
2588 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2589 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
2590 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
2591 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
2592 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
2593 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
2594 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2595 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
2596 overall connections, not the number of connections per
2597 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
2600 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
2601 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
2602 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
2603 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
2604 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
2605 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
2607 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
2608 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2609 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
2610 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
2612 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
2613 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2614 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
2616 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
2617 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
2618 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2619 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
2620 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
2621 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
2622 implicitly assume canonical host names.
2623 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
2624 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2625 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
2627 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
2628 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
2629 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2630 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
2631 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
2632 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
2634 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
2635 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2636 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
2637 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
2638 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
2639 of Kyoto University.
2640 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
2641 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
2642 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
2643 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
2645 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
2646 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2647 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2648 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
2649 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
2653 contrib/buildvirtuser
2656 8.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
2657 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
2658 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2659 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
2660 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
2661 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
2662 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
2663 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2664 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
2666 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
2667 process may close the connection before the child process
2668 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
2669 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
2670 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2671 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
2672 read the LDAP secret from a file.
2673 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
2674 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
2675 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
2676 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2677 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
2678 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
2680 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
2681 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
2682 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
2683 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2684 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
2685 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2686 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
2687 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
2688 Fournier of Acadia University.
2689 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
2690 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
2691 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
2692 one of the others may be able to take over.
2693 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
2694 previous load average query result.
2695 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
2696 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
2697 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
2698 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2699 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
2700 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
2701 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
2702 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
2703 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2704 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
2705 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
2706 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
2707 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
2708 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
2709 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
2710 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
2711 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
2712 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
2713 University of British Columbia.
2715 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
2716 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
2717 override the setting. Suggested by
2718 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
2719 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
2720 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
2721 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
2722 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
2723 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2725 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
2727 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
2728 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
2729 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
2730 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
2731 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2732 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
2733 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
2735 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
2736 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
2737 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
2738 errors in the MAIL address.
2739 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
2740 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
2741 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
2742 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2743 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
2744 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
2745 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
2747 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
2748 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
2749 mailer as described in cf/README.
2750 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
2751 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
2752 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
2753 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
2754 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
2756 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2757 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2758 Meteorological Institute.
2759 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
2760 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
2761 dot as the only character on the line.
2763 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
2765 8.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
2766 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
2767 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
2768 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
2769 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
2770 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
2771 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
2772 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2773 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
2774 it populates. It is possible that some broken
2775 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
2776 Systems in this category should compile with
2777 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
2778 system and report broken implementations to
2779 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
2780 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
2781 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
2782 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
2783 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
2784 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
2785 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
2786 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
2787 cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2788 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
2789 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
2790 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
2791 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2792 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
2794 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
2795 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
2796 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
2797 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
2798 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
2800 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
2802 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
2803 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
2804 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
2806 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
2807 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
2808 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
2809 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
2810 documented, unless a family is specified in a
2811 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
2812 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
2813 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
2814 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
2815 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
2816 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2817 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
2818 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
2819 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
2820 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
2821 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
2822 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2823 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
2824 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
2825 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
2826 of Sun Microsystems.
2827 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
2828 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
2829 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
2830 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
2831 the incoming information in the queue file for later
2833 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
2834 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
2836 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
2837 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
2838 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2839 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
2840 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
2841 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
2842 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
2843 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
2844 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2845 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
2846 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
2847 Hedeland of Ericsson.
2848 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
2849 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
2850 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
2851 of Northern Illinois University.
2852 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
2853 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2854 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
2856 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
2857 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
2858 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
2860 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
2861 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
2862 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
2863 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2864 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
2865 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
2866 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2867 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
2868 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2869 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
2870 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
2871 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
2872 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
2873 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
2874 G. Thomas Consulting.
2875 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
2877 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
2878 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2879 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
2880 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
2881 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2882 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
2883 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
2884 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
2885 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2886 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
2887 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
2888 University of Mainz.
2889 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
2890 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
2891 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
2892 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2894 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
2895 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
2896 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
2897 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
2898 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
2899 work properly causing problems if the accept()
2900 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
2901 from Tom Moore of NCR.
2902 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
2903 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
2904 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
2905 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
2906 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
2907 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
2908 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2909 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
2910 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2911 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2912 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
2913 confCACERT CACERTFile
2914 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
2915 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
2916 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
2917 confRAND_FILE RandFile
2918 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
2919 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
2920 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
2921 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
2922 cf/README for more information.
2923 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
2924 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
2925 called due to a STARTTLS command.
2926 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
2927 instead of temporary.
2928 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
2929 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
2930 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
2932 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
2933 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
2935 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
2936 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
2937 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
2938 University of Maryland.
2939 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
2940 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2941 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
2942 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
2943 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
2944 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
2945 of the University of Alberta.
2946 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
2947 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
2948 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
2949 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
2950 of X.509 certificates.
2951 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
2952 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
2953 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
2954 Universitat Regensburg.
2955 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
2956 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2957 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
2958 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2959 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
2960 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2961 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
2962 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
2963 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2964 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
2965 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
2966 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
2967 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
2968 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
2970 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
2971 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
2973 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
2975 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
2976 Denman Tire Corporation.
2977 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
2978 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
2979 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
2980 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
2981 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
2982 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
2983 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
2984 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
2986 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
2987 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
2991 contrib/link_hash.sh
2992 contrib/movemail.conf
2994 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
2997 8.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
2998 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
2999 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
3000 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
3001 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
3002 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
3003 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
3004 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
3008 8.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
3009 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
3010 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
3011 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
3012 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
3013 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
3014 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
3015 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
3016 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
3017 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
3018 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
3019 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
3020 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3021 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
3022 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
3023 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3024 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
3025 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
3026 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
3027 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
3029 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
3030 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
3031 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
3032 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
3033 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3034 Polytechnic Institute.
3035 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
3036 discards the message.
3037 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
3038 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
3039 attempted to the alias.
3040 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
3043 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
3044 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
3045 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
3046 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
3047 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3048 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
3049 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
3050 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
3051 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
3052 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
3053 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
3054 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
3055 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
3056 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
3058 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
3059 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
3060 Courtesan Consulting.
3061 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
3062 Siemens Business Services.
3063 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
3064 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
3066 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
3067 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
3068 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
3069 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
3070 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
3071 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
3072 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
3074 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
3075 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3076 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
3077 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
3078 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
3080 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
3081 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
3083 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
3084 for other internal projects but included in the open source
3086 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
3087 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
3088 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
3089 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
3090 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
3091 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
3093 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
3094 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
3095 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3096 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
3098 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
3099 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
3100 Northern Illinois University.
3101 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
3102 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
3103 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
3104 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3105 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
3106 Polytechnique de Montreal.
3107 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
3108 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3109 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3111 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3112 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3114 contrib/converting.sun.configs
3115 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
3120 8.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
3121 *************************************************************
3122 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
3123 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
3124 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
3125 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
3126 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
3127 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
3128 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
3129 * coach, and a friend. *
3131 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
3132 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
3133 * Julie, we miss you! *
3134 *************************************************************
3135 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
3136 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
3137 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
3138 symbolic link target.
3139 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
3140 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
3141 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3142 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
3143 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
3144 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
3145 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
3146 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3147 version of sendmail.
3148 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
3149 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
3150 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
3152 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
3153 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
3154 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
3155 for easier code sharing among the programs.
3156 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
3157 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
3158 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
3159 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
3160 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
3161 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
3162 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3163 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3164 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3165 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3166 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3167 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3168 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3169 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3170 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3171 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3172 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3173 now listen on several different ports. Use:
3174 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3175 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3176 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3177 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3178 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
3179 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3180 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3181 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3182 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3183 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
3184 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3185 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
3186 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3187 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3188 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3189 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3190 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3191 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3192 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3194 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3195 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3196 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
3197 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3198 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
3199 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3200 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3201 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3202 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3203 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3205 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3206 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3207 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
3208 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3209 a control socket request.
3210 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3212 Timeout.resolver.retrans
3213 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3214 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3215 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3216 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3217 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3218 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3219 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3220 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3221 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3223 Timeout.resolver.retry
3224 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3225 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3226 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3227 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3228 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3229 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3230 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3231 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3232 query for all resolver lookups except the first
3234 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3235 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
3236 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
3237 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3238 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3239 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
3240 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3241 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
3242 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3243 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
3244 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3245 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3246 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3247 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3248 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
3249 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3250 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3251 Telecommunications Ltd.
3252 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3253 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3254 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
3255 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
3257 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3258 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3259 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3260 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3261 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3262 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
3263 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3264 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3265 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3266 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3267 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3268 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3269 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3270 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3271 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3272 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3273 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3274 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3275 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3276 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3278 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3279 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
3280 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
3281 example mailer might be:
3282 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3283 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3284 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3285 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3286 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
3288 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3289 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3290 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3291 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3292 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3294 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3295 body of the original message on delivery status
3297 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
3298 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3299 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3300 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
3301 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3302 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
3303 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
3304 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3305 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
3306 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3307 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
3308 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3309 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
3310 Conwell of Boston University.
3311 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
3312 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3313 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3314 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3316 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3317 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
3318 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3319 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3320 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3321 similar to check_rcpt etc.
3322 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3323 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3324 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3325 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3326 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3327 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3328 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
3329 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3330 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3331 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
3333 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
3334 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
3335 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
3336 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
3338 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
3339 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
3341 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
3342 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
3343 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3344 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
3345 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3346 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
3347 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
3348 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3349 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
3351 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
3352 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
3353 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
3354 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
3355 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
3356 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
3357 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
3358 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
3359 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
3360 a denial-of-service attack.
3361 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
3362 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
3363 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
3365 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
3367 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
3368 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
3369 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
3370 directly before the newline.
3371 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
3372 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
3373 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
3374 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
3375 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
3376 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
3377 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
3378 could not be opened.
3379 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
3380 value of this option is macro expanded.
3381 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
3382 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
3383 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
3384 (along with the already existing macros):
3385 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
3386 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
3387 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
3388 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
3389 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
3390 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
3391 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
3392 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
3393 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
3394 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
3395 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
3397 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
3398 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
3399 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
3400 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
3401 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
3402 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
3403 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3404 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
3405 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
3406 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
3407 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
3408 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3409 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
3410 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
3411 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
3412 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
3413 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
3414 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3415 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
3416 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
3418 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3419 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
3420 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
3422 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
3423 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
3424 of Renaissance Internet Services.
3425 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
3426 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
3427 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
3428 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
3429 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
3430 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
3431 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3432 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
3433 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
3434 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
3435 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
3436 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
3437 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
3438 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3439 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
3440 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
3442 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
3443 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
3444 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
3445 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
3446 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
3447 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
3448 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
3449 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
3450 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
3451 David Cooley of Colby College.
3452 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
3453 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
3454 already decided the message will be passed to another host
3455 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
3456 Buckeridge Young Limited.
3457 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
3458 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
3459 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
3460 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
3461 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
3462 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
3463 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
3464 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
3465 of Stanford University.
3466 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
3467 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
3468 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
3469 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
3470 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
3471 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
3472 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
3473 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3474 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
3475 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
3476 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
3477 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
3478 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3479 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
3480 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
3481 attributes found in the match will be returned.
3482 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
3483 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
3484 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
3485 comma separated key and value strings.
3486 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
3487 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
3488 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
3489 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
3490 a single connection to that host.
3491 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
3492 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
3494 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
3496 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
3497 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
3498 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
3499 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
3500 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
3501 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
3502 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
3503 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
3504 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
3505 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
3506 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
3507 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
3508 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
3510 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
3511 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
3512 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
3513 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
3515 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
3516 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
3517 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
3518 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
3519 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
3520 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
3522 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
3523 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
3525 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
3526 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
3527 important if you have large classes.
3528 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
3529 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
3530 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3531 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
3532 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
3533 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
3534 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
3535 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
3536 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
3537 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
3538 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
3539 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
3540 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
3541 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
3542 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
3543 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
3544 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
3545 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
3546 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
3547 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
3548 determined). For single processor machines, this change
3550 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
3551 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3552 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
3553 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3554 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
3555 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
3556 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
3557 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
3558 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
3559 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
3560 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
3561 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
3562 connection-based denial of service attacks.
3563 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
3565 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
3566 information (from= syslog line).
3567 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
3569 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
3570 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
3571 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth
3572 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3573 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
3574 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3575 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3576 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
3577 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3578 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
3579 the program as the default user and the default group, not
3580 the forward file user. This change also assures the
3581 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
3582 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
3583 Popovici of DNT Romania.
3584 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
3585 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
3586 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
3587 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
3588 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
3589 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
3590 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
3591 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
3592 helpful to know the sender of the message.
3593 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
3594 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3595 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
3596 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
3598 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
3599 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
3600 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
3601 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
3602 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
3603 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
3604 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
3605 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
3606 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
3607 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
3608 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
3609 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
3610 length before the attempt.
3611 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
3612 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
3613 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
3614 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
3615 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
3616 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
3617 host status files, not all files.
3618 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
3619 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
3620 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
3622 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
3623 macro map class. This can be used to store information
3624 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
3625 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
3627 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
3628 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
3629 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
3630 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
3631 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
3632 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
3633 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
3634 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
3636 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
3637 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
3638 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
3639 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
3640 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
3641 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
3642 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
3643 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
3644 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
3645 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
3646 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
3647 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
3648 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
3649 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3651 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
3652 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
3653 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
3654 if referencing a named ruleset.
3655 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
3656 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
3657 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
3658 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
3659 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
3660 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
3661 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
3662 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
3663 the University of Maryland.
3664 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
3665 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
3666 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
3667 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
3668 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
3669 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
3671 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
3672 but for outgoing connections.
3673 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
3674 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
3675 a require authentication
3676 b bind to interface through which mail has
3678 c perform hostname canonification
3679 f require fully qualified hostname
3680 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
3682 C don't perform hostname canonification
3683 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
3684 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
3685 h use name of interface for HELO command
3686 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
3687 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
3688 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
3689 Institutes of Health.
3690 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
3691 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3692 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
3693 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
3694 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3695 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
3696 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
3697 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
3698 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
3699 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
3700 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
3701 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
3702 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3703 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
3704 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
3705 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
3706 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
3707 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
3708 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
3709 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
3710 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
3711 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
3712 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
3713 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
3714 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3715 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
3716 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
3717 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
3718 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
3719 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
3721 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
3722 interface address structure when loading the system network
3723 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
3725 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
3726 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
3727 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
3728 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
3729 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
3730 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
3732 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3733 Northern Illinois University.
3734 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
3735 envelope splitting has occurred.
3736 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
3737 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
3738 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
3739 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
3740 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
3741 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3743 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
3744 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
3745 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
3746 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
3747 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
3748 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
3749 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3750 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
3751 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3752 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
3753 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3754 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
3755 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
3756 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
3757 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3758 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
3759 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
3760 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
3761 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3762 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
3763 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
3764 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
3765 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3766 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
3767 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
3768 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3770 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
3771 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
3772 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
3773 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
3774 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
3775 ruleset lines as well.
3776 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
3777 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
3778 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
3779 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3781 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
3782 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
3783 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3784 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
3785 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
3786 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
3787 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
3788 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
3789 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
3790 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
3792 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
3793 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
3794 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
3795 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3796 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
3797 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
3798 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
3799 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
3800 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
3801 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
3802 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
3803 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
3804 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
3805 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
3806 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
3807 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3809 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
3810 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
3811 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
3813 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
3814 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
3815 them in the .cf file.
3816 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
3817 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
3818 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
3819 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
3820 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
3821 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
3822 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
3823 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
3824 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3825 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
3826 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
3827 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
3828 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
3829 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3830 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
3831 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3832 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
3833 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
3834 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
3835 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
3836 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3837 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
3838 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
3839 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
3840 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
3841 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
3842 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3843 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
3844 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
3845 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
3846 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3847 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
3848 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
3849 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
3850 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
3851 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
3852 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3853 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
3854 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
3855 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
3856 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
3857 don't fail on ANY queries.
3858 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
3859 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
3860 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3861 Northern Illinois University.
3862 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
3863 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
3865 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
3866 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3867 Northern Illinois University.
3868 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
3869 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
3870 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
3872 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
3873 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
3874 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
3875 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
3876 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3877 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
3878 This allows network interface probing to work
3879 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
3881 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
3882 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
3883 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
3885 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
3886 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
3888 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
3889 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
3891 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
3892 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
3893 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
3894 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
3895 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
3896 in building the operating system. Users can
3897 override the defaults by setting confCC and
3898 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
3899 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
3900 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
3901 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
3902 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
3903 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
3904 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3905 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
3906 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3907 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
3908 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
3909 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
3910 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3911 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
3912 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
3913 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
3914 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
3915 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
3916 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
3917 use that value in conf.h.
3918 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
3920 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
3921 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
3922 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
3924 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
3925 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
3927 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
3928 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
3929 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
3931 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
3932 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
3933 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
3935 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
3937 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
3938 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
3939 Siemens Business Services.
3940 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
3941 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
3942 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
3943 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
3944 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
3945 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
3946 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3948 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
3949 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
3950 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
3951 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
3952 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
3953 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
3954 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
3956 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
3957 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
3958 Technology Information Network.
3959 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
3960 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
3961 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3962 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
3964 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
3965 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
3966 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
3967 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3968 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
3969 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
3971 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
3972 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
3973 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
3974 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
3975 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3976 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
3977 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This
3978 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
3979 Courtesan Consulting.
3980 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
3981 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
3982 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
3983 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
3984 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
3985 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
3987 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
3988 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
3990 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
3991 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
3992 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
3993 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
3995 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3996 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
3997 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
3998 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
3999 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
4000 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
4001 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
4002 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
4003 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
4004 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
4005 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
4006 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
4007 confPID_FILE PidFile
4008 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
4009 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
4010 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
4011 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
4012 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4013 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4014 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
4015 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4016 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4017 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
4018 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
4019 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
4020 which takes the options as argument and can be used
4021 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
4022 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
4023 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
4024 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
4025 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
4027 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
4028 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
4029 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
4030 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
4031 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
4032 value should be changed with care.
4033 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
4034 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
4035 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
4036 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
4038 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
4039 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
4041 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
4042 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
4043 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
4044 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
4045 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
4046 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
4047 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
4048 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
4049 of Northern Illinois University.
4050 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
4051 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
4052 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
4053 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
4054 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
4056 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
4058 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
4059 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
4060 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
4061 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
4062 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
4064 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
4065 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
4066 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
4067 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
4068 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
4069 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
4070 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
4071 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
4072 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
4073 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
4074 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
4075 Hubert of University of Washington.
4076 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
4077 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
4078 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
4079 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
4080 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
4081 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
4082 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
4083 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
4084 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
4086 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
4087 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4089 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
4090 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
4091 University and Brian Candler.
4092 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
4093 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4094 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
4095 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4097 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
4098 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
4099 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
4100 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
4101 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
4102 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
4103 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
4104 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
4105 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
4106 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4107 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
4108 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
4109 Willamette Industries, Inc.
4110 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4111 converted to <user@d>
4112 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4113 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4114 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4115 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
4117 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
4118 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
4119 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4121 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
4122 be accessed by their numbers).
4123 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
4124 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
4126 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
4127 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
4128 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
4129 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
4130 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
4131 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
4132 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
4133 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
4134 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
4135 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4136 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
4137 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4139 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
4140 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
4141 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
4142 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
4143 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
4144 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
4145 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
4146 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
4147 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
4148 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
4149 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
4150 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4151 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
4152 University of California at Berkeley.
4153 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
4154 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4155 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
4156 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
4157 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4159 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
4160 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
4161 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4163 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4164 be used for building.
4165 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4166 used for a fresh build.
4167 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4168 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4170 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4171 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4172 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4173 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
4175 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4176 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4177 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4178 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4179 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
4180 of Siemens Business Services.
4181 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4182 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4183 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
4185 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4186 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4187 They should contain the C source files for the object files
4188 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
4189 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4190 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4191 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
4192 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4193 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4194 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4195 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
4196 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4197 are in devtools/README.
4198 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4199 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4200 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4201 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
4202 new variable which identifies the root of the source
4203 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4204 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4205 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4207 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4208 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4209 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4210 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4211 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4213 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4214 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4216 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4217 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
4218 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4219 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4220 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4222 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4223 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4224 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4225 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
4226 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4227 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4228 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4229 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4230 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4231 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
4232 install-strip target.
4233 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4234 the others (if it exists).
4235 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4236 then the default ones.
4237 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local
4238 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4239 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4241 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4242 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4243 Northern Illinois University.
4244 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4245 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4246 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4247 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4248 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
4249 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4251 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4252 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4253 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4255 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4256 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
4257 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4258 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4259 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4260 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4261 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4263 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4264 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4265 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4266 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4267 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4268 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4269 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
4270 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4271 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4272 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4273 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4274 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4275 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4276 Alcatel Australia Limited.
4277 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4278 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
4279 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4280 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4281 timeout to avoid starvation.
4282 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4283 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4284 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4285 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4286 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4287 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4288 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4290 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4291 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4292 sendmail configuration file.
4293 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4294 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4296 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
4297 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4298 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
4299 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4300 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
4301 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4302 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4303 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4304 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4306 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4307 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4308 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
4309 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4310 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4311 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4312 Institute for Global Communications.
4313 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4314 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
4315 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4316 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4317 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
4318 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4319 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
4320 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4321 of the Institute for Global Communications.
4322 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
4323 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4324 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4325 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
4326 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4328 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4329 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
4330 which execute the actual Build script in
4332 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4333 -mandoc as they were previously.
4334 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
4335 of Build will work (unless parameters are
4336 required for Build).
4344 Renamed Directories:
4345 BuildTools => devtools
4349 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
4350 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4356 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
4357 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
4358 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
4360 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
4361 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
4362 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
4363 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
4367 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
4368 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
4369 contrib/domainmap.m4
4372 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
4374 devtools/M4/string.m4
4375 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
4376 devtools/M4/switch.m4
4379 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
4380 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
4382 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
4390 sendmail/bf_portable.c
4391 sendmail/bf_portable.h
4394 sendmail/shmticklib.c
4395 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
4401 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
4402 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
4403 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
4404 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
4405 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
4406 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
4407 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
4408 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
4409 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
4411 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
4413 8.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
4414 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
4415 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
4416 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
4417 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
4418 Schools" project (IdS).
4419 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
4420 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
4421 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
4422 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4423 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
4424 when performing the MIME header length check. This
4425 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
4426 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
4427 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
4428 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
4429 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
4430 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4431 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
4432 ExecPC Internet Systems.
4433 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
4434 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
4435 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
4436 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
4437 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
4438 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
4439 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
4440 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
4441 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
4442 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4443 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
4444 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
4445 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
4446 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
4447 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
4448 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
4449 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
4450 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
4451 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
4454 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
4455 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
4456 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
4457 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
4458 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
4459 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
4460 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
4461 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
4462 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
4463 Technical University of Denmark.
4464 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
4465 Supercomputer Center.
4466 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
4467 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
4468 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
4469 of Stanford University.
4470 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
4471 between different releases. Back out the
4472 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
4473 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
4474 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
4475 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
4476 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
4478 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4479 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
4480 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
4482 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
4483 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
4484 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4485 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
4486 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
4487 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4488 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
4489 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
4490 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
4491 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
4492 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4493 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
4494 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
4497 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
4498 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4499 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
4501 8.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
4502 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
4503 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
4504 for a denial of service attack.
4505 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
4506 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4507 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
4508 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4510 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
4511 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
4512 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
4513 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
4514 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
4515 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
4516 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
4517 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
4519 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
4520 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
4521 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
4522 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
4523 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
4524 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
4525 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
4526 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
4527 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4528 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
4529 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
4530 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
4531 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
4532 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4533 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4534 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
4535 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
4536 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
4538 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
4539 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
4540 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
4541 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
4542 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
4543 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
4544 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
4545 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
4546 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
4547 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
4548 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
4549 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
4551 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
4552 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
4553 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
4554 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
4555 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
4556 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4557 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
4558 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
4559 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
4560 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4561 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4562 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
4563 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
4565 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
4566 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
4567 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
4568 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
4569 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
4570 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
4571 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4572 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
4573 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
4574 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
4575 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
4576 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
4577 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
4578 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
4579 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
4580 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
4581 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4582 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
4583 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4584 Meteorological Institute.
4585 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4586 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
4587 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
4589 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
4590 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
4591 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
4592 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
4593 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
4594 reading network interface addresses into
4595 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
4596 Cal State University, Chico.
4597 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
4598 from changing the semantics of the compiled
4599 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
4600 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
4601 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
4602 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4603 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4604 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
4605 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
4606 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
4607 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
4608 of Sun Microsystems.
4609 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
4610 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4611 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
4613 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
4614 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4615 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
4617 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
4618 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
4620 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
4621 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4623 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
4624 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
4625 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
4626 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
4627 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4628 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
4629 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
4630 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
4631 Manawatu Internet Services.
4632 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
4633 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
4634 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
4635 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
4636 of Northern Illinois University.
4637 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
4638 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4640 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
4642 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
4643 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4644 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4645 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
4646 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
4647 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
4648 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4649 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
4650 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4651 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
4652 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
4653 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
4654 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4655 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
4656 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4657 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
4658 the envelope From header.
4659 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
4660 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
4661 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
4662 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
4663 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
4664 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
4665 Portal Services, Inc.
4666 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
4667 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
4669 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4671 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
4672 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
4673 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
4674 contrib/smcontrol.pl
4677 8.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
4678 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
4679 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
4680 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
4681 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
4682 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
4683 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
4684 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4685 Meteorological Institute.
4686 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
4687 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
4688 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4689 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
4690 installation commands. The man pages would still be
4691 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
4692 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4693 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
4694 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4695 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
4696 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
4697 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
4698 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
4699 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
4700 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
4701 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
4702 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
4703 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
4704 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
4705 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
4707 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
4708 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
4709 DaveLtd Enterprises.
4710 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
4711 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
4712 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
4713 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
4714 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
4715 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
4716 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
4717 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
4718 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
4719 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
4720 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
4721 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
4722 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
4724 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
4725 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
4726 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
4727 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
4728 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
4729 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
4731 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
4732 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
4733 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
4734 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
4735 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
4737 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
4738 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
4740 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
4741 J. P. McCann of E I A.
4742 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
4744 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
4745 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
4746 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
4747 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4748 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
4749 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
4750 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4751 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
4752 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
4753 would not accept @@hostname.
4754 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
4755 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
4756 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
4757 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
4758 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4760 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
4762 8.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
4763 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
4764 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
4765 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
4766 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
4767 which need the ability to override security can use the
4768 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
4770 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4771 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4772 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
4773 world writable directories.
4774 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
4775 it is in a world writable directory.
4776 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
4777 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
4778 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
4779 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4780 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4781 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
4782 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
4783 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4784 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
4785 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
4786 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
4787 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
4788 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
4789 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
4790 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
4792 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
4793 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
4794 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
4795 the University of Maryland.
4796 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
4797 of Cal State University, Chico.
4798 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
4799 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
4800 current version of Berkeley DB.
4801 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
4802 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4803 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
4804 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
4806 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
4807 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
4808 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
4810 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
4811 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
4812 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
4813 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
4814 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
4815 mail.local on the F=z flag.
4816 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
4817 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
4818 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
4819 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
4820 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
4821 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
4822 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
4823 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4824 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4825 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
4826 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
4827 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
4828 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4829 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
4830 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
4831 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
4832 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
4833 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
4834 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
4835 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
4836 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
4837 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
4838 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
4839 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
4840 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
4841 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
4843 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
4844 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
4845 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
4846 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
4847 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
4848 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
4849 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
4850 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4851 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
4852 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
4853 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
4854 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
4855 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4856 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
4857 sender for those failures.
4858 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
4859 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
4860 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
4861 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
4863 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
4864 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
4865 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4866 of Procter & Gamble.
4867 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
4868 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
4869 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4870 of Procter & Gamble.
4871 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
4872 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
4873 of system security. This should only be used if you are
4874 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
4875 DontBlameSendmail options are:
4878 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
4879 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
4880 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
4881 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
4882 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
4883 GroupWritableAliasFile
4884 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
4885 WorldWritableAliasFile
4886 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4887 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4888 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
4889 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
4890 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4891 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4893 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
4894 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
4895 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
4896 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
4897 LinkedMapInWritableDir
4898 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
4899 FileDeliveryToHardLink
4900 FileDeliveryToSymLink
4903 WriteStatsToHardLink
4905 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
4907 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
4908 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
4909 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
4910 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
4911 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
4912 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
4913 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
4914 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
4915 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
4916 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
4917 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
4918 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
4919 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
4920 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
4921 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
4922 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
4923 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
4924 contrast to the success case).
4925 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
4928 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
4929 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
4930 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
4931 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
4932 from hiding their connection information in Received:
4934 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
4935 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
4936 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
4937 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
4938 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
4939 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
4940 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
4941 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
4942 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
4943 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
4944 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
4945 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
4946 remote identity can be queried.
4947 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
4948 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
4949 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
4950 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4951 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
4952 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
4953 some of the details are determined dynamically via
4954 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
4955 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
4956 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
4957 the new Build method which creates an operating system
4958 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
4959 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
4960 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4961 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
4962 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
4963 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
4964 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4965 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
4966 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
4967 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
4968 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
4969 This means that even if only one of the recipients
4970 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
4971 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
4972 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
4973 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
4974 of CNET: The Computer Network.
4975 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
4976 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
4977 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4978 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
4979 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
4980 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
4981 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
4982 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
4983 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
4984 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
4985 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
4986 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
4987 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4988 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
4989 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
4990 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4991 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
4992 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
4993 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
4995 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
4997 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
4998 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
4999 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
5000 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
5001 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
5002 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5003 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
5004 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
5006 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
5007 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
5008 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
5010 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
5011 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
5012 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5013 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
5014 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
5015 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
5016 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5017 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
5019 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
5020 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
5021 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
5022 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
5023 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
5024 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
5025 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
5026 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
5027 Stratus Computer, Inc.
5028 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
5029 currently supported version.
5030 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
5031 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5032 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
5033 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
5034 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
5035 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5036 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
5037 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
5038 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
5039 message in error bounces.
5040 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
5041 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
5042 Digital Equipment Corporation.
5044 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
5045 of Kyoto University.
5046 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
5047 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
5049 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
5050 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
5052 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
5053 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5054 the University of Maryland.
5055 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
5056 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
5057 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5058 Meteorological Institute.
5059 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
5060 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
5061 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
5062 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
5063 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
5064 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
5065 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
5066 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
5067 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
5068 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
5069 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
5070 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5071 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
5072 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
5074 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
5075 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
5076 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
5077 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
5078 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
5079 directory for certain programs.
5080 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
5081 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
5082 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
5083 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
5084 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
5085 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
5086 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
5087 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
5088 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
5089 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
5090 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
5091 the user to setup different .forward files for
5092 user+detail addressing.
5093 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
5094 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
5095 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
5096 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
5097 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
5098 outside your domain).
5099 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
5100 any site to any site.
5101 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
5102 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
5103 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
5104 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
5105 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
5106 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
5107 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
5108 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
5109 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5110 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5111 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5112 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5113 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5114 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5115 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
5117 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
5118 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
5119 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
5120 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
5121 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
5122 needed for most installations.
5123 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
5124 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
5125 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
5126 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5127 the University of Maryland.
5128 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
5129 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
5130 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
5131 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
5132 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
5133 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
5134 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
5135 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
5136 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
5137 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
5138 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
5139 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
5140 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
5141 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
5142 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
5143 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
5144 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
5145 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
5146 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
5147 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
5148 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
5149 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
5150 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
5151 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
5152 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
5153 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
5154 above for more information.
5155 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
5156 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5157 Meteorological Institute.
5158 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
5159 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
5160 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
5161 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
5162 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5163 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5164 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5165 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5166 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5167 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5168 MustQuoteChars respectively.
5169 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
5170 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5171 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
5172 CMU (now of Netscape).
5173 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5174 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
5175 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
5176 read mail.local/README.
5177 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5178 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5179 University of Maryland.
5180 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5182 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5183 Meteorological Institute.
5184 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5185 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5186 University of Maryland.
5187 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5188 such as linked files in world writable directories.
5189 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5190 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5191 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
5192 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5194 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
5195 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5196 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5198 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5199 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5200 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5202 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5203 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5204 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5205 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5206 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5207 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5208 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5209 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5210 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5211 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5212 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5213 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5214 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5215 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5216 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5218 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5219 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5221 BuildTools/Site/README
5222 BuildTools/bin/Build
5223 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5224 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5225 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5228 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5229 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5230 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5231 cf/feature/access_db.m4
5232 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5233 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5234 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5235 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5237 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5238 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5239 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5240 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5242 contrib/doublebounce.pl
5244 mail.local/Makefile.m4
5247 mailstats/Makefile.m4
5251 praliases/Makefile.m4
5261 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5263 mail.local/Makefile.dist
5265 mailstats/Makefile.dist
5267 makemap/Makefile.dist
5269 praliases/Makefile.dist
5274 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5275 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5276 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5277 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5280 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5281 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5282 src/READ_ME => src/README
5284 8.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
5285 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5286 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5287 Meteorological Institute.
5288 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5289 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
5290 Arseneault of SRI International.
5291 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5292 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5293 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5294 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5295 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5296 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5297 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
5298 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
5299 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5300 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5301 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5303 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5304 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5305 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5306 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5307 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5308 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5309 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5310 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5311 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
5312 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5313 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5314 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5315 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5316 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5317 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5318 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
5319 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5320 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5321 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
5322 results during a single message processing (but would
5323 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
5324 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5325 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5326 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5327 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5328 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5329 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5330 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5331 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5332 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5333 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
5334 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
5335 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
5336 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
5337 and the inability to save a bounce message to
5338 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
5339 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
5340 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
5341 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
5343 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
5344 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
5345 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
5346 could cause confusing error messages.
5347 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
5348 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
5349 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
5350 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
5352 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
5353 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5354 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
5355 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5356 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5357 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
5358 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
5360 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
5361 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
5362 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5363 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
5364 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
5365 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
5366 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
5367 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5369 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
5370 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
5371 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
5372 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
5373 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
5374 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
5375 RUS University of Stuttgart.
5377 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
5378 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
5379 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
5380 of Stanford University.
5381 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
5382 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
5383 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
5385 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
5386 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
5387 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
5388 Electronic Data Systems.
5389 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
5390 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
5391 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
5392 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
5393 loader environment variables into the loader memory
5394 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
5395 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
5396 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
5397 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
5398 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
5399 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
5400 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
5401 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
5402 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
5403 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
5404 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5405 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
5406 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5407 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
5408 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
5409 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
5411 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
5412 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5413 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
5414 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
5415 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
5416 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
5418 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5419 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
5420 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
5423 8.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
5424 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
5425 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
5426 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
5427 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
5428 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
5430 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
5431 Problem noted by Fredrik Jönsson of the Royal Institute
5432 of Technology, Stockholm.
5433 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
5434 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
5435 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
5436 that these routines are included as though they were in the
5437 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
5438 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
5439 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
5440 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
5441 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
5442 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
5443 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
5444 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
5445 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
5446 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
5447 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
5448 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
5449 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
5450 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
5451 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
5452 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
5453 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
5454 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
5455 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
5456 have to assume that the information is good.
5457 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
5459 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
5460 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
5461 errors during testing.
5462 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
5463 printed in the error message.
5464 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
5465 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
5466 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
5467 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
5468 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
5469 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
5470 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
5471 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
5472 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
5473 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
5474 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
5475 runner runs during a critical section in another message
5476 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
5478 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
5479 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
5480 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
5481 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
5482 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5483 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
5484 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
5485 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
5486 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
5487 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
5488 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
5489 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
5490 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
5491 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
5492 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
5493 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
5494 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
5496 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
5497 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
5498 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
5499 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
5500 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5501 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
5502 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
5503 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
5504 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5505 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
5506 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
5508 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
5509 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
5510 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
5511 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
5513 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
5514 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
5515 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
5517 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
5518 of Argonne National Laboratory.
5519 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5520 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5521 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
5522 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
5523 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
5525 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
5526 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
5527 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
5528 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
5529 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
5530 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
5532 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
5533 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5534 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
5535 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
5537 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
5538 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
5539 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
5540 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
5541 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
5542 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
5543 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
5544 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
5546 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
5547 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
5548 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
5549 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
5550 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
5551 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
5552 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
5553 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
5555 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
5556 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
5558 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
5559 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
5560 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
5561 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
5562 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
5563 changed after open".
5564 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
5566 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
5568 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
5569 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
5571 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
5575 8.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
5576 *************************************************************
5577 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
5578 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
5579 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
5580 * continued sendmail development. *
5581 *************************************************************
5582 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
5583 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
5584 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
5585 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
5586 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
5587 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
5588 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
5589 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
5590 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
5591 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
5592 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
5593 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
5594 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
5595 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
5596 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
5597 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
5598 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5599 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5600 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
5601 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
5602 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
5603 another database; this can be used either to expose
5604 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
5605 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
5606 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
5607 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
5608 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
5609 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
5610 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
5611 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
5613 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
5614 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
5615 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
5616 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
5617 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
5618 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
5619 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
5620 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
5621 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
5622 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
5623 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
5624 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
5625 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
5626 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
5627 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
5628 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
5629 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
5630 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
5631 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
5632 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
5633 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
5634 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
5635 NFS-mounted filesystems.
5636 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
5637 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
5638 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
5639 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
5640 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
5641 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
5642 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
5643 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
5644 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5645 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
5646 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5648 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
5649 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
5651 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
5652 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
5653 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5654 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
5655 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
5656 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
5657 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
5658 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
5659 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5660 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
5661 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
5663 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
5664 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
5665 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5666 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
5667 too large) don't send the bogus message.
5668 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
5669 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
5670 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5671 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
5672 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
5673 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
5674 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
5675 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
5677 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
5678 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
5680 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
5681 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
5682 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
5683 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
5684 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
5685 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
5686 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
5687 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
5688 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
5689 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
5691 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
5692 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
5693 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
5695 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
5696 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
5697 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
5698 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5699 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
5700 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
5701 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
5702 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
5703 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
5705 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
5706 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
5708 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
5709 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
5710 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5711 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
5712 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
5713 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
5714 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
5715 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
5716 erroneous results during a single message processing
5717 (but would recover when the next message was received).
5718 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
5719 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
5720 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
5721 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
5722 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
5723 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
5724 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
5725 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
5726 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
5727 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
5728 address as "may be forged".
5729 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
5730 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
5731 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
5732 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
5733 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
5734 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
5736 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
5737 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
5738 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
5739 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
5740 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
5741 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
5742 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
5743 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
5744 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5746 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
5747 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
5748 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
5749 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
5750 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
5751 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
5752 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
5753 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
5754 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
5755 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
5756 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
5758 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
5759 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
5760 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
5761 John Beck of SunSoft.
5762 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
5763 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
5764 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
5765 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
5766 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
5767 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
5768 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
5769 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
5770 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
5771 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
5772 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
5774 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
5775 on some architectures.
5777 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
5778 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
5779 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
5780 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
5781 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
5783 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
5784 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
5785 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5786 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
5787 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
5788 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
5789 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
5790 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
5791 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
5792 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5793 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
5794 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
5795 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
5796 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
5797 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
5799 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
5801 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
5802 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
5804 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
5805 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5806 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
5807 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
5809 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
5810 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
5811 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5812 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
5813 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
5814 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5815 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
5816 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
5817 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
5818 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
5819 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
5820 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5821 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
5822 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
5823 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
5824 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
5825 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
5826 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
5827 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
5828 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5829 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
5830 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
5831 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
5832 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
5833 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
5834 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
5835 was specified, even when it wasn't.
5836 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
5837 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
5838 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
5839 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
5840 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
5841 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
5842 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
5843 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
5844 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
5845 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
5846 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
5848 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
5849 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
5850 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5851 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
5852 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
5853 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
5854 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
5855 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
5857 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
5858 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
5859 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
5860 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
5861 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5862 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
5863 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
5864 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
5865 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
5866 for system accounts.
5869 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
5871 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
5872 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
5873 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
5875 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
5876 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
5878 8.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
5879 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
5880 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
5881 even if RunAsUser is specified.
5882 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
5883 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
5884 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5885 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
5886 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
5887 University of Pennsylvania.
5888 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
5889 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
5890 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
5891 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
5892 was unnecessarily awful.
5893 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
5894 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
5895 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
5896 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
5897 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
5898 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
5899 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
5900 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
5901 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5902 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
5903 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5904 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
5905 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
5906 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5907 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
5908 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
5910 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
5911 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
5912 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
5914 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
5915 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
5916 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
5917 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
5918 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5919 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
5920 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
5921 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
5922 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
5923 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
5924 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
5925 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
5926 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
5927 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
5929 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
5930 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
5931 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
5932 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
5933 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
5934 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
5935 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
5936 The current values and defaults are:
5937 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
5938 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
5939 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
5940 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
5941 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
5942 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
5943 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
5944 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
5945 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
5946 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5947 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
5948 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
5949 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
5950 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
5951 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
5953 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
5954 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
5955 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
5956 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
5957 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
5958 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
5959 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
5960 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5961 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
5962 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
5963 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
5964 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
5966 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
5967 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
5968 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
5969 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5970 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
5971 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
5972 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
5973 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
5975 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
5976 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
5977 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
5978 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
5979 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5980 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
5981 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
5983 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
5984 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
5985 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
5986 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
5987 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
5988 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
5989 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
5990 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
5991 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
5992 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
5994 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
5995 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
5996 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
5997 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
5998 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'École Nationale
5999 Supérieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
6000 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
6001 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
6002 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
6003 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
6004 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
6005 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
6006 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
6007 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
6008 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
6009 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
6010 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
6011 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
6012 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
6013 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
6014 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6015 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
6016 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
6017 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
6018 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
6019 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
6022 8.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
6023 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
6024 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
6025 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
6026 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
6027 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
6028 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
6029 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
6030 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
6031 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
6032 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
6033 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
6034 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
6035 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
6036 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
6037 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
6038 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
6039 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
6040 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
6041 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6042 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
6043 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
6044 Problem noted by several people.
6045 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
6046 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
6047 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
6049 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
6050 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
6051 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
6052 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
6053 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
6054 of Best Internet Communications.
6055 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
6056 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
6057 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
6058 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
6059 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
6060 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
6061 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
6062 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
6063 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
6064 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
6065 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
6066 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
6067 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6068 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
6069 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
6070 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
6072 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
6073 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6074 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
6075 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
6076 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
6077 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
6078 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
6079 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
6080 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
6081 of Kyoto University.
6082 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
6083 conditions from Don Lewis.
6084 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
6085 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
6086 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
6087 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
6088 patch from Bryan Costales.
6090 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
6091 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
6092 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
6093 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
6094 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
6095 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
6096 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
6097 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
6098 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
6099 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
6100 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
6102 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
6104 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
6105 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
6106 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
6107 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
6108 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6109 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universität Wien.
6110 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6111 than one long one. By popular demand.
6112 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
6113 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6114 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6115 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
6116 of NTT Software Corporation.
6117 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
6121 8.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
6122 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
6123 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
6124 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
6125 best-of-security list.
6126 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
6127 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
6128 should make it clearer to people that they are running
6130 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
6131 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
6132 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
6133 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
6134 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
6135 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
6136 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
6137 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
6138 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6139 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
6140 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6141 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
6142 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
6143 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
6144 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
6145 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
6146 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
6147 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
6148 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
6150 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
6151 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
6152 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
6153 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
6154 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
6155 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
6157 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
6158 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
6159 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
6160 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
6161 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
6162 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6163 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6164 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
6165 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6166 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
6167 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6168 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6169 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6170 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6171 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6172 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6173 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6174 University of Linkoping.
6175 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6176 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
6177 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6178 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6179 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6180 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6181 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6183 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6184 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6185 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6186 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6187 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
6188 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
6189 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6191 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6192 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6193 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
6194 HÃ¥kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6195 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6196 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6197 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6198 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6199 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6200 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6201 The outline of the implementation was contributed
6202 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6203 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6204 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6205 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6206 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6207 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
6208 Earickson of Colby College.
6209 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
6210 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6211 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6213 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6214 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
6215 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6216 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6217 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6218 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
6219 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6220 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6221 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6222 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6223 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6224 University of Washington, Seattle.
6225 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6226 Polytechnic Institute.
6227 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6228 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6230 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6232 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6234 8.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
6235 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6236 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6238 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6239 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6240 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6241 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6242 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6245 8.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
6246 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6247 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
6248 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6249 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6250 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6251 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
6252 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6254 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6255 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6257 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
6258 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6259 on illegal host names.
6260 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6261 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6262 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
6263 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6264 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6265 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6266 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6267 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6268 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6269 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6270 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
6271 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6272 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6273 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6274 University of Leicester.
6275 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6276 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6277 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6278 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
6279 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6280 University of Washington.
6282 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
6283 people pointed this out.
6284 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6285 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6286 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6287 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6288 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6289 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6290 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6291 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6293 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
6294 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6295 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
6296 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6298 8.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
6299 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6300 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6301 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6302 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
6303 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6304 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
6305 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6306 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
6307 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6308 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6309 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6310 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6311 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6313 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6314 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6315 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6316 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6317 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6318 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
6319 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6320 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6321 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6322 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
6323 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6324 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6325 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6326 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
6327 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6328 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6329 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6330 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6332 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6333 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
6335 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
6336 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
6337 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
6338 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
6339 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
6340 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
6341 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6342 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
6343 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
6344 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
6345 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6346 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
6347 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
6349 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
6350 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
6351 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
6352 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
6353 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
6354 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
6355 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
6356 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
6357 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
6358 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
6359 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
6360 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
6361 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
6362 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
6363 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
6364 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
6365 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
6366 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
6367 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
6369 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
6370 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
6372 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
6373 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
6374 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
6375 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
6376 there should be no security implications. Implementation
6377 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
6378 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
6379 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
6380 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
6381 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
6382 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
6383 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
6384 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
6386 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
6387 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
6388 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
6389 University of Maryland.
6390 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
6391 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
6392 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
6393 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
6394 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
6395 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
6396 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
6397 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
6398 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
6399 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
6400 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
6401 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
6402 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
6403 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
6404 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
6405 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
6406 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
6407 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
6408 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
6409 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
6411 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
6412 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
6413 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
6414 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
6415 is for incoming connections only.
6416 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
6417 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
6418 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
6419 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
6420 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
6421 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
6422 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
6423 (e.g., due to connection caching).
6424 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
6425 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
6426 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
6427 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
6428 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
6429 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
6430 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
6431 that take a very long time to run.
6432 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
6433 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
6434 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
6435 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
6436 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
6437 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6438 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
6439 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
6440 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6441 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
6442 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
6444 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
6445 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
6447 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
6448 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
6449 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
6450 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
6451 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
6452 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
6453 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
6454 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
6455 different for this case.
6456 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
6457 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
6458 of Stanford University.
6459 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
6460 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
6461 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
6462 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6463 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
6464 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
6465 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
6466 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
6467 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
6468 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6469 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
6470 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
6471 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
6472 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
6473 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
6474 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
6475 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
6476 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
6477 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
6479 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
6480 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
6481 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
6482 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
6483 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
6484 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
6485 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
6486 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
6488 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
6489 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
6491 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
6492 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
6493 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
6494 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
6495 either of these in their configuration file.
6496 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
6497 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
6498 St. Peter's College.
6499 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
6500 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
6501 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
6502 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6503 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
6504 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6505 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
6506 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
6507 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
6509 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
6510 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
6511 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
6512 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
6513 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
6514 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
6515 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
6516 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
6517 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
6518 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
6520 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
6521 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
6522 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
6523 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
6524 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
6525 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
6526 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
6527 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
6528 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
6529 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
6530 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
6532 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
6533 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
6534 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
6535 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
6536 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
6538 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
6539 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
6540 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
6541 See also the src/READ_ME file.
6542 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
6543 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
6544 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
6545 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
6546 two characters $, +.
6547 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
6549 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
6550 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
6551 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
6553 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
6554 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
6556 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
6557 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
6558 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
6559 Beck of InReference, Inc.
6560 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
6561 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
6562 Computing Corporation.
6563 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
6564 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
6565 Internet Communications.
6566 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
6567 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
6568 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
6570 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
6571 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
6572 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
6573 of the University of Iceland.
6574 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
6575 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
6576 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
6577 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
6578 this change is a no-op.
6579 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
6581 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
6583 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
6584 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
6585 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
6586 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6587 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
6588 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6589 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
6590 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
6591 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
6592 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6593 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
6594 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
6595 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
6597 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
6598 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
6599 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6600 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
6601 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
6602 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
6603 easily determine what messages are to their role as
6604 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
6605 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
6606 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
6607 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
6608 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
6609 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
6610 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
6611 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
6612 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
6613 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
6614 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
6615 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
6616 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
6617 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
6618 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
6619 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
6620 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
6621 of Stanford University.
6622 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
6623 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
6624 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
6625 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
6626 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
6627 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
6628 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
6629 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
6630 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
6631 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
6632 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
6633 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
6634 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6635 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
6637 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
6638 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
6639 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
6640 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
6641 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
6642 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
6643 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
6644 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
6645 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
6646 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
6647 value is ".hoststat".
6648 There are also two new operation modes:
6649 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
6651 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
6652 recent status information.
6653 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
6654 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
6655 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
6656 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
6657 framework is gratefully appreciated.
6658 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
6659 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
6660 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
6661 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
6662 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
6663 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
6664 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
6665 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
6666 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
6667 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
6668 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
6669 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
6670 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
6672 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
6673 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6674 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
6675 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
6676 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
6677 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6678 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
6679 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
6680 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
6681 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
6682 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
6684 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
6685 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
6686 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
6687 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
6688 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
6689 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
6690 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
6691 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
6692 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
6693 of Washington, Seattle.
6694 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
6695 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
6696 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
6697 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
6698 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
6699 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
6700 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
6701 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
6702 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
6704 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
6705 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
6706 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
6707 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
6708 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
6709 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
6710 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
6711 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
6712 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
6714 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
6715 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
6716 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
6717 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
6718 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
6719 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
6720 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
6721 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
6722 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
6723 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
6724 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
6725 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
6726 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
6727 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
6728 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
6729 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
6731 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
6732 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
6733 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
6734 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
6735 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6736 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
6737 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6738 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
6739 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
6740 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
6741 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
6742 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
6743 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
6744 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
6745 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
6746 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
6747 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
6748 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
6749 National University of Singapore.
6750 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
6751 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
6752 system can't cope with.
6754 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
6755 Atlas International.
6756 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
6758 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
6759 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
6760 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
6761 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
6762 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
6763 Bernstein and Associates.
6764 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
6765 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
6766 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
6767 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
6768 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6769 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
6770 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
6771 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
6772 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
6773 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
6774 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
6775 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
6776 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
6777 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6778 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
6779 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6781 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
6782 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
6783 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
6784 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
6785 Employment Standards Administration.
6786 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
6787 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
6789 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
6790 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
6791 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
6792 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
6793 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
6794 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
6795 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
6796 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
6797 of the University of Arizona.
6798 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
6799 Vanderbilt University.
6800 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
6801 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
6802 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
6803 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6804 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
6805 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6806 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
6807 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
6808 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
6810 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
6811 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
6812 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
6813 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
6815 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
6816 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
6817 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
6818 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
6819 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
6820 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
6821 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
6822 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
6823 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
6824 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
6825 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
6826 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
6827 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
6828 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
6829 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
6830 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
6831 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
6832 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6833 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
6834 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
6835 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
6836 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
6837 info@foo.com foo-info
6838 info@bar.com bar-info
6839 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
6840 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
6841 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
6842 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
6843 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
6844 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
6845 a great many people.
6846 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
6847 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
6848 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
6850 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
6851 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
6852 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
6853 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
6854 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
6855 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
6856 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
6857 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
6858 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
6859 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
6860 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
6861 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
6862 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
6863 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
6864 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
6865 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
6866 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
6867 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
6868 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
6870 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
6871 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
6872 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6873 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
6874 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
6875 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
6876 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
6877 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
6878 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
6879 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6880 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
6881 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
6882 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
6883 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
6885 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
6886 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
6887 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6888 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
6890 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
6891 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
6892 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
6893 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
6894 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
6895 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
6896 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
6897 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
6898 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
6899 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
6900 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
6901 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
6902 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
6903 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
6905 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6906 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
6907 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
6908 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6910 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
6911 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
6912 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
6913 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
6914 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
6915 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
6916 mailstats/mailstats.8
6917 praliases/praliases.8
6918 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
6919 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
6920 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
6921 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
6922 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
6926 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
6928 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
6930 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
6934 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
6935 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
6936 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
6937 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
6938 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
6940 8.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
6941 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
6942 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
6943 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
6944 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
6945 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
6946 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
6947 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
6948 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
6950 8.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
6951 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
6952 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
6953 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
6954 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
6955 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
6958 8.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
6959 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
6960 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
6961 any user (except root).
6962 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
6963 version number is unchanged.
6965 8.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
6966 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
6967 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
6968 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6969 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
6970 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
6971 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
6972 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
6973 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
6976 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
6977 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
6978 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
6979 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
6980 Stanford University.
6981 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
6982 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6984 8.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
6985 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
6986 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
6987 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
6988 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
6989 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
6990 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
6991 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
6992 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
6993 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
6994 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
6995 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
6996 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
6998 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
6999 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
7000 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
7001 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
7002 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
7003 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
7004 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
7005 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
7006 bounces when it should have requeued.
7007 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
7008 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
7009 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
7010 John Hawkinson of Panix.
7011 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
7012 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
7013 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
7014 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
7015 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
7016 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
7017 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
7019 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
7020 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
7021 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
7022 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
7023 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
7024 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
7025 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
7026 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
7027 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
7028 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7029 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
7030 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
7031 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7032 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
7034 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
7035 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
7036 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7037 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
7038 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
7039 included even if the user did not request success notification,
7040 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7041 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
7042 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
7043 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
7044 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
7045 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
7046 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
7048 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
7049 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
7050 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
7051 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
7052 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
7053 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
7054 Technological University.
7055 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
7056 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
7057 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
7058 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7059 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
7060 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
7061 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
7062 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
7063 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
7064 to have the database format of the alias files without the
7065 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
7067 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
7068 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
7069 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
7070 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
7071 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
7073 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
7074 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
7075 Association for Progressive Communications.
7076 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
7077 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
7078 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
7079 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
7080 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
7081 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
7082 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
7084 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
7085 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
7086 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
7087 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
7088 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
7089 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
7090 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
7091 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
7092 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
7093 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
7095 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
7096 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
7097 James B. Davis of TCI.
7098 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
7099 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7100 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
7101 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
7102 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
7103 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
7104 isn't supported on all compilers.
7105 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
7106 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
7107 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
7108 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7109 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7110 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7111 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7113 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7114 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7115 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
7116 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
7117 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
7118 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
7119 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
7120 for different files.
7121 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
7122 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
7123 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7124 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
7125 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
7128 8.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
7129 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
7130 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
7131 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
7132 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7133 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
7134 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
7135 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
7136 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
7137 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
7138 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7139 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
7140 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
7141 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
7142 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
7143 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
7144 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
7145 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
7146 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
7147 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
7148 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
7149 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
7150 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
7151 results. This could have security implications.
7152 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
7153 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
7154 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
7155 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
7156 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
7157 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
7158 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
7160 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
7161 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
7162 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7163 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7164 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7165 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7166 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
7167 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7168 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7169 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
7170 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
7171 domain names are your friends.
7172 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7173 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7174 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7175 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7176 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7177 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
7178 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7179 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7181 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7182 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7183 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7184 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7187 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7188 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
7189 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7190 file and SGI standards. From Andre
7191 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7192 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7193 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7194 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7195 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7196 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7197 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
7198 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7199 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7200 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7201 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7202 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7203 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7204 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7205 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7206 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7207 Infobiogen (France).
7209 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7210 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7211 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7214 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7215 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7216 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7217 Global Communications.
7218 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7219 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7220 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7221 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
7222 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7223 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
7224 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7225 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7226 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7228 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7229 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7230 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7231 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7232 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7233 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7234 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7235 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7236 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7238 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7239 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7240 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7241 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
7242 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7243 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7244 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
7245 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
7246 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
7247 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7248 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7249 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7250 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7251 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7252 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7253 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7254 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7255 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7256 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7257 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7258 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7259 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
7260 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7261 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7262 Swarthmore University.
7263 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7264 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7265 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7266 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7268 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7269 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7271 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7272 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7273 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7274 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7275 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7276 and the parsed address.
7277 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7278 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7279 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
7280 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7281 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
7282 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7284 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7286 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7287 `mapname' and return the result.
7288 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7289 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7290 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7291 the header for envelope sender information and uses
7292 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
7293 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7294 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7296 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7297 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7298 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
7299 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7300 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7301 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7302 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7303 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7304 of Michigan Technological University.
7305 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7306 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7307 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7308 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
7309 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
7310 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7311 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
7313 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7314 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7315 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
7316 the error message. It was especially weird because it
7317 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7318 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
7319 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7320 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7321 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
7322 should have minimal impact on external function.
7323 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7324 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7326 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7332 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7333 C CheckpointInterval
7335 D AutoRebuildAliases
7348 k ConnectionCacheSize
7349 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
7376 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
7377 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
7378 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
7381 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
7382 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
7383 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
7384 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
7385 specify "V6" in the configuration.
7386 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
7387 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
7388 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
7389 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
7390 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
7391 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
7392 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
7393 This requires config file support to get right. It does
7394 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
7395 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7396 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
7397 A Addresses are aliasable.
7398 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
7399 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
7400 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
7401 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
7402 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
7403 recipient mailer flags.
7404 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
7405 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
7407 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
7408 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
7409 : Check for :include: on this address.
7410 | Check for |program on this address.
7411 / Check for /file on this address.
7412 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
7413 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
7414 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
7415 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
7416 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
7417 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
7418 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7419 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
7420 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
7421 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
7422 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
7423 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
7424 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
7425 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
7426 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
7427 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
7428 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
7429 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
7430 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
7431 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
7432 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
7433 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
7434 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
7435 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
7436 (essentially, the full MIME option).
7437 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
7438 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
7439 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
7440 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
7442 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
7444 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
7445 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
7446 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
7447 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
7448 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
7449 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
7450 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
7451 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
7452 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
7453 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
7454 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
7455 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
7456 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
7457 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
7458 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
7459 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
7460 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
7461 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
7462 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
7463 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
7464 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
7465 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
7466 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
7467 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
7468 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
7469 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
7470 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
7471 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
7473 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
7474 fashion as the U= mailer option.
7475 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
7476 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
7477 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
7478 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
7479 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
7480 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
7481 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
7482 from Chip Rosenthal.
7483 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
7486 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
7487 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
7488 set them both the preferred new syntax is
7489 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
7490 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
7491 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
7492 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
7493 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
7494 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
7495 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
7496 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
7497 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
7498 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
7499 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
7500 contribution was to make it configurable).
7501 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
7502 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
7503 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
7504 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
7505 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
7506 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
7507 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
7508 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
7509 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
7511 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
7513 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
7514 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
7515 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
7516 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
7517 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
7518 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
7519 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
7520 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
7521 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
7522 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
7524 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
7525 :include: and .forward files.
7526 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
7527 key field name, the value field name, and the field
7528 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
7529 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
7530 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
7531 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
7532 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7533 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
7534 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
7536 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
7537 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
7538 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
7539 Hutton of Indiana University.
7540 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
7541 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
7542 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
7543 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
7544 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
7545 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7546 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
7547 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
7548 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
7549 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
7550 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
7552 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
7553 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
7554 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
7555 are from sysexits.h.
7556 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
7557 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
7560 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
7561 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
7562 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
7563 map2 is searched and the value returned.
7564 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
7565 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
7566 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
7567 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
7568 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
7569 For example, if the declaration of the map is
7570 Ksample switch hosts
7571 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
7572 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
7574 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
7575 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
7576 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
7577 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
7578 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
7579 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
7580 the -m (matchonly) flag.
7581 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
7582 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
7583 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
7584 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
7585 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
7586 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
7587 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
7588 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
7589 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
7590 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
7591 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
7592 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
7593 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
7594 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
7595 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
7596 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
7597 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
7598 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
7599 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
7600 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
7601 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
7602 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
7603 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
7604 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
7605 an /etc/hosts entry reads
7606 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
7607 this change will use the second name as the canonical
7608 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
7609 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
7610 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
7611 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
7612 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
7613 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
7614 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
7615 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
7616 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
7617 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
7618 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
7619 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
7620 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
7621 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
7622 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
7623 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
7624 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
7625 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
7626 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
7627 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
7628 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
7629 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
7630 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
7631 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
7632 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
7633 much longer than the specified timeout.
7634 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
7635 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
7636 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
7637 denial-of-service attack.
7638 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
7639 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
7640 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7641 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
7642 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
7643 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
7644 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
7645 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
7646 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
7647 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
7648 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
7649 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
7650 actually file lookups.
7651 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
7652 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
7653 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
7654 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
7655 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
7656 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
7657 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
7658 support for them has been removed.
7659 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
7660 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
7661 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
7662 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
7663 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
7664 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
7665 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
7666 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
7667 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
7668 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
7669 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
7670 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
7671 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
7672 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
7673 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
7674 also improves the connection cache utilization.
7675 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
7676 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
7677 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
7678 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
7679 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
7680 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
7681 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
7682 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change
7683 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
7685 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
7686 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
7687 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
7688 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
7689 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
7690 option can give the network software time to establish
7691 the link. The default units are seconds.
7692 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
7693 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
7694 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
7695 Defense Information Systems Agency.
7696 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
7697 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
7698 the National Computer Security Center.
7699 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
7700 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
7701 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
7702 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
7703 the mailprio scripts (see below).
7704 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
7705 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
7706 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
7707 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
7708 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
7709 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
7710 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
7711 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
7712 University Computing Service.
7713 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
7714 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
7715 the University of Kentucky.
7716 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
7717 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
7718 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
7719 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
7720 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
7721 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
7722 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
7723 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
7725 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
7726 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
7727 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
7728 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
7729 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
7730 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
7731 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
7732 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
7733 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
7734 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
7735 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
7736 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
7737 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
7738 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
7739 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
7740 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
7741 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
7742 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
7743 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
7744 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
7746 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
7747 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
7748 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
7749 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
7750 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
7751 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
7752 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
7753 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
7754 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
7755 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
7756 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
7757 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7758 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
7759 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
7761 None Leave the message as is. The
7762 message will be passed on even
7763 though it is in technically
7765 Add-To Add a To: header with any
7766 recipients that it can find from
7767 the envelope. This risks exposing
7769 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
7770 has almost no redeeming social value,
7771 and is provided only for back
7773 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
7774 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
7775 which will have the effect of
7776 making the message legal without
7777 exposing Bcc: recipients.
7778 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
7779 There is a chance that mailers down
7780 the line will delete this header,
7781 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
7783 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
7784 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
7785 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
7786 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
7787 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
7788 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
7789 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
7790 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
7791 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
7792 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
7793 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
7794 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
7795 For example, if you run with
7796 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
7797 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
7798 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
7799 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
7800 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
7801 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
7802 entries. For example, given the aliases:
7805 and an alias file declared as:
7806 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
7807 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
7808 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
7809 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7810 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
7811 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
7812 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
7814 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
7815 to be simpler and more consistent.
7816 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
7817 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
7818 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
7819 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7820 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
7821 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
7822 This may affect some people who have written their own
7823 checkcompat() routine.
7824 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
7825 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
7826 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
7827 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
7828 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
7829 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
7830 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
7831 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
7832 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
7833 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
7834 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
7836 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
7837 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
7838 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
7839 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
7840 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
7841 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
7842 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
7843 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
7844 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
7845 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
7846 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
7847 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
7848 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
7849 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
7850 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
7851 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
7852 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
7853 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
7855 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7856 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
7857 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
7858 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
7859 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
7860 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
7861 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
7862 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
7863 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
7864 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
7865 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
7866 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
7867 is added between the first and second word of the first
7868 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
7869 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
7870 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
7871 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
7872 old sendmails understand.
7873 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
7874 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
7875 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
7876 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
7877 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
7878 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
7879 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
7880 data -- for example,
7881 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
7882 (romanized/less information)
7883 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
7884 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
7885 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
7886 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
7887 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
7888 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
7889 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
7890 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
7891 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
7892 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
7893 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
7894 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
7895 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
7896 Eric Prestemon of American University.
7897 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
7898 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
7899 increment on the background value).
7900 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
7901 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
7902 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7903 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
7904 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
7905 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
7906 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
7907 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
7908 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
7909 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
7910 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
7911 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
7912 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
7913 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
7914 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
7915 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
7916 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
7917 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
7918 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
7919 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
7920 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
7921 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
7922 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
7923 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
7924 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
7925 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
7926 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
7927 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
7928 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
7929 service type is "files".
7930 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
7931 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
7933 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
7934 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
7935 contributed by SunSoft.
7936 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
7937 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
7938 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
7939 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
7940 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
7941 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
7942 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
7943 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
7944 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
7945 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
7946 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
7947 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
7948 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
7949 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7950 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
7951 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
7952 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
7953 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
7954 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
7955 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
7956 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
7957 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
7958 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
7959 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
7960 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
7961 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7962 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
7963 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
7964 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
7965 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
7966 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
7967 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
7968 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
7969 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
7971 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
7972 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
7974 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
7975 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
7976 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
7977 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
7979 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
7980 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
7981 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
7982 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
7983 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
7984 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
7985 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
7986 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
7987 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
7988 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
7989 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
7990 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
7991 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
7993 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
7994 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
7995 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
7996 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
7997 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
7998 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
7999 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
8000 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
8001 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
8002 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
8003 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
8004 of Sun Microsystems.
8005 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
8006 is at least 50% faster.
8007 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
8008 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
8010 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
8011 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8012 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
8013 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
8014 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
8015 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
8016 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
8017 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
8018 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
8019 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
8020 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
8021 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
8022 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
8023 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
8024 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
8025 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
8027 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
8029 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
8030 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
8031 Global Information Solutions.
8032 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
8033 From Motonori Nakamura.
8034 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
8036 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
8037 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
8038 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
8039 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
8040 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
8041 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
8042 James of British Telecom.
8043 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
8044 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
8045 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
8046 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
8047 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
8048 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
8049 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
8050 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
8051 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
8052 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
8053 a bad guy can read your private files.
8055 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
8056 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
8057 University. This expands the disk size
8058 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
8059 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
8060 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
8061 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
8062 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
8063 Linux Makefile typo.
8064 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
8065 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
8066 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
8068 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
8069 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
8070 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
8071 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
8072 This requires adaptation of code that really
8073 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
8074 addresses or nameserver fields.''
8075 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
8076 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
8077 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
8078 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
8079 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
8080 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
8082 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
8083 match all the other configuration files. Fix
8084 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
8085 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
8086 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
8087 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
8088 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
8089 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
8090 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
8091 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
8093 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
8094 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
8095 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
8096 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
8097 of Ohio State University.
8098 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
8099 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
8101 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Schöpf
8102 of Zentrum für Datenverarbeitung der Universität
8104 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
8105 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
8107 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
8108 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8110 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8111 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8112 Rochester Medical Center.
8113 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8114 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8115 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
8116 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
8117 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
8118 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
8119 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
8121 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
8122 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
8123 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
8125 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
8126 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
8127 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
8128 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
8129 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
8130 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
8131 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8132 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
8133 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
8134 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
8136 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
8137 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
8138 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
8139 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
8140 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
8141 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
8142 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
8143 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
8144 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
8145 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
8146 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
8147 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
8148 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
8149 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
8151 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
8152 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
8153 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
8154 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
8155 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
8156 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
8157 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
8158 on the file, but it should be quite small.
8159 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
8160 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
8161 giving the local administrator more control over what
8162 programs can be run from sendmail.
8163 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
8164 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8165 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8167 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8168 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8169 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8170 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8171 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8172 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
8173 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8174 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8175 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8176 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8177 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8178 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
8179 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8180 arbitrary directory -- use either:
8181 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8183 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8184 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8186 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8187 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8188 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8190 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8191 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8192 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8193 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8194 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8195 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8197 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8198 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8199 just unqualified ones.
8200 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8201 was never used and didn't work anyway.
8202 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8203 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8204 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8205 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8206 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
8207 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8209 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8210 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8211 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8212 this is expected to be another sendmail.
8213 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8214 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8215 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8216 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
8217 Rosenthal of Unicom.
8218 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8219 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
8220 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8221 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8222 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
8223 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8224 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8225 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8227 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8228 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8230 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8231 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8232 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
8233 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8234 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8235 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8236 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
8237 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8238 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8239 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8240 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8241 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8242 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
8243 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8244 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8245 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
8246 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8247 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8248 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8249 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8250 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8251 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8252 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8253 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8254 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
8255 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8256 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
8257 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8258 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8259 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8260 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8261 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
8262 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8264 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8265 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8266 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8267 Information Systems Agency.
8268 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8269 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8270 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8271 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8272 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8273 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8274 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
8275 that really can be used in the real world.
8276 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8277 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8278 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8279 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8280 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8281 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8282 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8283 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
8285 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
8286 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8287 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8288 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8290 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8291 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8292 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8293 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
8294 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8295 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8296 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8297 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8298 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8299 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
8300 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8301 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8302 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8303 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8304 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8305 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8306 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
8307 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8308 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8309 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
8310 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8311 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8312 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
8314 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8315 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8316 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8317 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8318 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8321 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8323 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8324 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8325 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8326 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8327 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8328 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8329 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8331 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8332 cf/domain/generic.m4
8333 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
8334 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
8335 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
8337 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
8338 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
8342 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
8343 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
8344 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
8345 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
8350 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
8353 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
8354 mail.local/mail.local.0
8360 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
8361 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
8362 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
8363 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
8364 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
8365 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
8366 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
8367 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
8368 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
8369 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
8370 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
8371 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
8372 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
8373 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
8374 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
8375 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
8376 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
8377 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
8378 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
8386 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
8387 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
8388 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
8389 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
8390 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
8391 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
8392 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
8393 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
8394 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
8395 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8396 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8397 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8398 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
8399 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
8400 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
8401 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
8402 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
8403 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
8404 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
8405 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
8406 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
8411 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
8413 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
8414 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
8415 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
8416 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8417 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8418 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
8419 contrib/rcpt-streaming
8420 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8422 8.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
8423 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
8424 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
8425 any user (except root).
8426 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
8427 version number is unchanged.
8429 8.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
8430 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
8431 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
8432 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
8433 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
8434 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
8436 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
8437 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
8440 8.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
8441 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
8442 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
8443 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
8444 message when attempted from IDENT.
8445 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
8446 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
8447 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
8448 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
8449 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
8450 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
8452 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
8453 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
8455 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
8456 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
8457 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
8458 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
8459 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
8460 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
8461 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
8463 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
8464 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
8466 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
8468 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
8469 and Liudvikas Bukys.
8470 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
8471 from Spider Boardman.
8472 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8475 8.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
8476 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
8477 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
8478 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
8479 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
8480 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
8481 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
8483 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
8484 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
8485 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
8486 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
8487 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
8488 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
8489 University of Texas.
8490 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
8491 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
8492 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
8493 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
8494 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
8495 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
8497 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
8498 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
8499 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
8500 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
8501 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
8502 with a lot of arguments).
8503 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
8504 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
8505 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
8507 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
8508 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
8509 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
8510 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
8512 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
8513 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
8514 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
8515 some of the map code.
8516 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8519 8.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
8520 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
8521 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
8522 may have some security implications.
8523 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
8524 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
8525 Hill of the University of Iowa.
8526 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
8527 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
8528 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
8529 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
8530 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
8531 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
8532 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
8534 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
8535 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
8536 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
8537 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
8538 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
8539 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
8541 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
8542 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
8543 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
8544 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
8545 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
8546 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
8547 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
8548 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
8549 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
8550 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
8551 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
8552 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
8553 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
8554 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
8555 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
8556 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
8557 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
8559 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
8560 message to explain how much space was available and
8561 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
8562 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
8563 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
8564 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
8565 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
8566 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
8567 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
8568 moves things more towards what will probably become a
8569 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
8571 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
8572 without recompiling.
8573 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
8574 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
8576 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
8577 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
8578 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
8579 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
8580 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
8581 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
8582 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
8583 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
8584 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
8585 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
8586 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
8587 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
8589 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
8590 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
8591 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
8592 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
8593 refused" response, and that the connection can be
8594 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
8595 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
8596 size around and can never start listening to connections
8597 again. The down side is that someone could start up
8598 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
8599 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
8600 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
8601 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
8602 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
8603 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
8605 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
8606 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
8607 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
8608 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
8609 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
8610 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
8611 doc directory. This includes some additional
8613 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
8614 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
8615 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
8616 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
8617 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
8618 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
8619 loop the mail, which was bad news.
8621 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
8622 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8623 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
8624 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
8625 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8626 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
8627 Newcastle upon Tyne.
8628 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
8630 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
8631 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
8632 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8633 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
8636 src/Makefile.NCR3000
8637 doc/changes/Makefile
8638 doc/changes/changes.me
8639 doc/changes/changes.ps
8641 8.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
8642 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
8643 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
8644 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
8646 8.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
8647 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
8648 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
8649 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
8652 8.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
8653 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
8654 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
8655 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
8656 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
8658 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
8659 in the connection cache for a long time under some
8660 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
8661 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
8662 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
8663 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
8664 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
8665 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
8666 from a local user to another local user. From
8667 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8668 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
8669 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
8670 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8671 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
8672 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
8673 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
8674 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
8675 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
8676 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
8677 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
8678 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
8679 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
8680 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
8681 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
8682 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
8683 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
8684 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
8686 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
8688 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
8689 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
8690 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
8691 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
8692 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
8693 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
8694 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
8695 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
8697 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
8698 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
8699 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
8700 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
8702 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
8703 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
8704 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
8705 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
8706 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
8707 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
8708 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
8709 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
8710 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
8711 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
8712 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
8713 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
8714 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
8715 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
8716 security implications. Suggested by several people.
8717 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
8718 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
8719 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
8720 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
8722 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
8723 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
8724 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
8725 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
8726 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
8727 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
8728 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8729 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
8730 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
8731 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
8732 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
8733 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
8734 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
8735 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
8736 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
8737 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
8738 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
8739 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
8740 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
8741 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
8742 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8743 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
8744 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
8745 didn't see the class items being added.
8746 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
8747 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
8748 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
8750 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
8751 but sets h_errno to a success value.
8752 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
8753 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
8754 address specified in the P option). This fix should
8755 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
8756 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
8758 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
8759 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
8760 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
8761 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
8762 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
8763 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
8764 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
8766 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
8767 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
8768 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
8770 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
8771 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
8772 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
8773 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
8774 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
8776 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
8777 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
8778 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
8779 University of Washington.
8780 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
8781 don't have an ``=value'' part.
8782 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
8783 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
8784 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
8785 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
8786 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
8787 of Cambridge University.
8788 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
8789 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
8790 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
8791 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
8792 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
8793 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
8794 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
8795 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
8796 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
8797 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
8798 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
8799 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
8800 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
8801 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
8803 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
8804 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
8805 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
8806 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
8807 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
8808 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
8809 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
8810 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
8811 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
8812 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
8813 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
8814 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
8815 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
8816 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
8817 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
8818 size for various mailers.
8819 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
8820 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
8821 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8822 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
8823 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
8824 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
8825 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
8826 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
8827 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
8829 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
8830 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
8831 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
8832 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
8833 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
8834 Michel of Thomson CSF.
8835 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
8836 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
8837 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
8838 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
8839 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
8840 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
8841 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
8842 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
8843 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
8844 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
8845 University of Sydney.
8846 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
8847 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
8848 This is because of the known bug where definition of
8849 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
8850 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
8851 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
8852 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
8853 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
8854 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
8856 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
8857 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
8858 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
8859 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
8860 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
8863 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
8864 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8865 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
8866 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
8867 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
8868 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8869 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
8870 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
8871 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
8873 src/Makefile.DomainOS
8875 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
8876 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
8877 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8879 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
8884 8.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
8885 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
8886 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
8887 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
8888 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
8889 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
8890 permissions they should not have had (usually group
8891 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
8892 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
8893 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
8894 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
8895 Although this does not respond to a specific known
8896 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
8897 Christian Wettergren.
8898 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
8899 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
8900 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
8901 program by putting that in their .forward file.
8902 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
8903 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
8904 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
8905 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
8906 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
8907 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
8908 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
8909 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
8910 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
8911 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
8912 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
8913 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
8914 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
8915 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
8916 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
8917 connection to create problems on the current job.
8918 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
8920 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
8921 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
8922 problem that ignored the load average in locally
8923 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
8924 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
8925 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
8926 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
8927 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
8928 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
8929 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
8930 when sending error messages. This resulted in
8931 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
8932 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
8933 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
8934 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
8935 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
8936 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8937 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
8938 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
8939 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
8940 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
8941 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
8942 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
8943 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
8944 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
8946 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
8947 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
8948 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
8949 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
8950 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
8951 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
8952 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
8953 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
8954 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
8955 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
8956 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
8957 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
8958 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
8959 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith
8960 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
8961 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
8962 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
8963 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
8964 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
8965 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
8966 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
8967 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
8969 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
8970 of from a clean exit.
8971 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
8972 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
8973 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
8974 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
8975 as the subject of an error message, even though the
8976 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
8977 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
8978 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
8980 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
8981 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
8982 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
8983 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
8984 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
8985 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
8986 says that they should be ignored.
8987 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
8988 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
8989 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
8990 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
8992 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
8993 documented in the Bat Book.
8994 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
8995 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
8996 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
8997 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
8998 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
8999 code during some parts of connection initialization.
9000 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
9001 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
9002 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
9003 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
9004 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9005 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
9006 of Kyoto University.
9007 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
9008 From P{r Emanuelsson.
9009 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
9010 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
9011 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
9013 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
9014 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
9015 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
9016 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
9018 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
9019 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
9020 illegal addresses appearing there).
9021 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
9023 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
9025 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
9026 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
9027 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
9028 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
9029 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
9030 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
9031 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
9032 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
9033 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
9034 by the other end closing the connection. From
9035 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
9036 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
9037 to include a host name or other useful information.
9038 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
9040 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
9041 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
9042 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
9043 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
9044 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
9045 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
9046 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
9047 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
9048 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
9050 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
9051 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
9052 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
9053 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
9054 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
9055 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
9056 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
9057 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
9058 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
9059 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
9060 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
9061 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
9062 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
9063 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
9064 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
9065 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
9066 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
9067 of the Institute for Global Communications.
9068 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
9069 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
9070 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
9071 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
9072 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
9073 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
9074 Portability fixes for:
9075 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
9076 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
9077 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
9078 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
9079 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
9080 of Stoner Associates.
9081 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
9082 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
9083 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
9085 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
9086 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9087 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
9088 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
9089 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
9091 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
9093 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
9094 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
9095 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
9096 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
9097 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
9098 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
9099 since this is intended only for internal use, the
9100 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
9101 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
9102 addresses when relaying internally.
9103 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
9104 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
9105 provided by Peter Wemm.
9106 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
9107 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
9108 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9109 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9110 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9111 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9112 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9113 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9115 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
9116 rather than letting them get "local configuration
9117 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
9118 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
9119 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
9120 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
9121 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
9122 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
9123 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
9124 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
9125 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
9126 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
9127 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
9128 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
9129 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
9131 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
9132 Jim Murray of Stratus.
9133 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
9134 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
9135 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
9136 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
9137 the local name prepended.
9138 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
9139 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
9140 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
9141 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
9142 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
9143 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
9144 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
9145 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
9146 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
9147 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
9148 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
9149 :include: files and accounts that have shells
9150 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
9151 cause some .forward files that have worked
9152 before to start failing.
9153 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
9157 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
9158 src/Makefile.Mach386
9165 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9167 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9169 makemap/Makefile.dist
9170 praliases/Makefile.dist
9172 8.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
9173 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9174 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9175 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9176 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
9177 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9179 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9180 in a few critical places.
9181 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9182 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
9183 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
9184 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9185 and High-Energy Physics.
9186 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9187 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
9189 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9190 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9191 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
9193 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9194 really become relevant in the next release, but some
9195 people need it for local patches. From Michael
9196 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9197 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9198 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9199 these can have different values depending on which
9200 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
9201 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9202 what uid/gid processes ran as.
9203 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9204 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9205 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9207 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9208 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9209 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9210 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9211 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
9213 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9214 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9215 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
9216 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9217 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
9218 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
9220 8.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
9221 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9222 addresses that get return-receipts.
9223 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9224 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9225 and end up sending the message several times.
9226 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9227 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9229 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9230 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
9231 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9232 Cornell University Medical College.
9233 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9234 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9235 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9236 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
9238 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9239 connections fail during message collection. From
9241 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9242 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9243 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9245 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9246 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
9247 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9248 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9249 by non-root users were not put into
9250 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9251 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
9252 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9253 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9254 could get confused as to whether a database was
9256 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9257 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9258 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
9259 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9260 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9261 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9262 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9263 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9264 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9266 8.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
9267 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9268 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9269 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9270 propagated to the queue file.
9273 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9274 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9275 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9276 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9277 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9278 header files but don't have the syscall.
9279 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9281 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9282 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9283 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9284 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9285 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9286 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9287 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9288 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9289 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9290 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9291 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9292 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9293 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9294 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
9296 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9297 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
9299 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9300 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9301 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9302 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9303 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
9304 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9305 files that you should be able to read but have previously
9306 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9308 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9309 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9310 MX suppression will still work.
9311 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9312 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
9313 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9314 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9315 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9316 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
9318 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9320 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9321 trying to send the original message if the connection
9322 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9323 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
9324 by John Myers of CMU.
9325 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9327 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9328 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9329 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9330 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
9331 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9332 queue interval. This is an important fix.
9333 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
9334 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
9335 ruleset testing a bit easier.
9336 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
9337 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
9339 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
9340 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
9341 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
9342 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
9344 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
9345 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
9346 Harvey Mudd College.
9347 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
9348 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
9349 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
9350 their full name information.
9351 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
9352 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
9353 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
9354 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
9355 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
9356 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
9357 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
9358 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
9359 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9360 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
9361 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
9362 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
9363 PC TCP/IP implementations.
9364 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
9365 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
9366 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
9367 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
9369 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
9370 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
9372 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
9373 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
9374 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
9375 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9376 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
9377 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
9378 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
9379 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
9380 that claims to be itself works properly.
9381 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
9382 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
9383 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
9384 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
9385 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
9386 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
9387 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9388 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
9389 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
9390 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
9391 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
9393 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
9394 true address to still send to the original address
9395 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
9396 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
9397 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
9398 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
9399 more trouble than it was worth.
9400 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
9401 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
9402 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
9403 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
9404 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
9405 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
9406 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
9408 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
9409 messages don't come out with stale information.
9410 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
9411 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
9412 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
9413 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
9415 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
9416 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
9418 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
9419 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
9421 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
9422 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
9423 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
9424 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
9425 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
9426 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
9427 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
9428 that does bulk data transfer).
9429 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
9431 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
9432 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
9433 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
9434 bogus config files that were not caught.
9435 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
9436 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
9437 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
9438 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
9439 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
9440 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
9441 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
9442 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
9443 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
9444 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
9445 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
9446 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
9447 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
9448 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
9449 opened or if running with no database format defined.
9450 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
9451 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9452 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
9453 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
9454 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
9456 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
9457 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
9458 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
9459 to match regular entries.
9460 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
9461 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
9462 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
9463 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
9464 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
9465 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
9466 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
9467 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
9468 error message so that the "subject" line of return
9469 messages is the best possible.
9470 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
9471 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
9472 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
9473 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
9474 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
9475 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
9476 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9477 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
9478 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
9479 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
9480 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
9481 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
9483 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
9484 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
9485 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
9486 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
9487 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9488 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
9489 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
9490 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
9491 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
9492 addresses in any detail.
9493 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
9494 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
9495 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
9496 with an address such as "!foo".
9497 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
9498 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
9499 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
9500 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
9504 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
9505 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
9506 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
9507 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9508 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
9509 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
9510 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
9511 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
9512 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
9514 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
9515 are no DNS records matching the name.
9516 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
9517 original message was received ... from localhost".
9518 The correct original host information is now included.
9519 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
9520 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
9521 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
9522 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
9523 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
9524 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
9525 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
9526 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
9527 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
9528 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
9529 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
9530 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
9531 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
9534 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
9535 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
9536 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
9537 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
9538 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
9539 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
9540 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
9541 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
9542 are really configuration errors. This option is
9543 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
9545 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
9546 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
9547 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
9548 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
9549 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
9551 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
9552 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
9553 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
9554 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
9555 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
9556 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
9557 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
9558 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
9559 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
9560 of dickering with error handling (see below).
9561 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
9562 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
9564 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
9565 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
9566 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
9568 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
9569 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
9570 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
9571 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
9572 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
9573 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
9574 connection rather than sending QUIT.
9575 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
9576 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
9577 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
9578 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
9579 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9580 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
9581 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
9582 core dumps on some machines.
9583 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
9584 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
9585 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
9586 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
9587 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
9588 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
9589 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
9590 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
9591 some true error conditions.
9592 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
9593 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
9594 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
9595 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
9596 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
9597 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
9598 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
9599 by Motonori Nakamura.
9600 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
9601 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
9602 caused error messages to be handled differently during
9603 a queue run than a direct run.
9604 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
9605 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
9606 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
9607 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
9608 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
9609 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
9610 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
9612 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
9613 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
9614 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
9615 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
9616 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
9617 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
9618 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
9619 is appropriately functional.
9620 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
9621 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
9622 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
9623 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
9624 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
9625 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
9626 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
9627 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
9629 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
9630 process group id. The original fix was to get around
9631 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
9632 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
9633 different from the process id. I could try to fix
9634 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
9635 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
9637 Portability changes:
9638 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
9639 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
9640 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
9641 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
9643 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
9644 help other strict ANSI compilers.
9645 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
9647 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
9648 documentation apparently doesn't define
9649 __STDC__ by default).
9650 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
9651 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
9653 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
9654 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
9655 several people have made a good argument that this
9656 creates more problems than it solves (although this
9657 may prove painful in the short run).
9658 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
9660 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
9661 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
9662 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
9663 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
9664 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
9665 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
9666 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
9667 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
9668 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
9669 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
9670 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
9671 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
9672 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
9673 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
9674 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
9675 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9676 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
9677 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
9678 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
9679 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
9680 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
9681 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
9682 environments. Ugly as sin.
9685 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
9686 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
9687 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
9688 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
9689 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
9690 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
9691 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
9692 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
9693 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
9694 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
9695 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
9697 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
9699 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
9700 compatibility library. This also adds a new
9701 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
9702 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
9703 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
9704 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
9705 for quick test cases.
9706 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
9707 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
9708 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
9709 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
9710 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
9711 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
9712 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
9713 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
9714 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
9715 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
9716 From Michael Corrigan.
9717 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
9718 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
9719 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9720 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
9721 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
9722 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
9723 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
9724 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
9725 Christophe Wolfhugel.
9726 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
9729 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
9730 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
9731 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
9732 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
9733 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
9734 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
9735 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
9736 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
9738 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
9739 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
9740 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
9741 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
9742 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
9743 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
9744 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
9745 match the other flags in that file.
9746 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
9747 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
9748 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
9749 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
9750 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
9751 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
9752 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
9753 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
9754 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
9755 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
9756 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
9757 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
9758 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
9759 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9760 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
9761 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
9762 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
9763 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
9764 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
9765 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
9766 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
9767 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
9768 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
9769 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
9770 the root and directories leading up to your home);
9771 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
9773 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
9774 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
9775 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
9776 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
9777 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
9778 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
9779 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
9780 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
9781 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
9782 is separate; this is just intended to work around
9783 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
9784 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
9785 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
9786 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
9787 matching without a null it never tries again with a
9788 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
9789 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
9790 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
9791 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
9792 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
9793 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
9795 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
9796 will insert the appropriate full name information;
9797 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
9799 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
9800 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
9801 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
9802 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
9803 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
9804 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
9805 only happen when there has been another error in the
9806 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
9807 by default in conf.h.
9808 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
9809 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
9810 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
9811 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
9812 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
9813 This output is not intended to be particularly human
9814 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
9815 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
9816 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
9817 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
9818 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
9819 See cf/README for an example.
9820 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
9821 sites that don't use the -d flag.
9822 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
9823 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
9824 has been requested by several people, but can break
9825 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
9826 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
9827 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
9828 broken. Use it sparingly.
9829 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
9830 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
9831 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
9832 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
9833 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
9834 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
9835 Bill Wisner of The Well.
9836 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
9837 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
9838 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
9840 8.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
9841 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
9842 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
9843 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
9844 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
9845 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
9846 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
9848 8.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
9849 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
9850 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
9851 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
9853 8.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
9854 Another mailertable fix....
9857 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.